summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rwxr-xr-xconfigure1
-rw-r--r--mbgl.gypi1
-rw-r--r--platform/android/scripts/configure.sh1
-rw-r--r--platform/ios/scripts/configure.sh1
-rw-r--r--platform/linux/scripts/configure.sh1
-rw-r--r--platform/osx/scripts/configure.sh1
-rw-r--r--platform/qt/scripts/configure.sh1
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/clipper/clipper.cpp4612
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/clipper/clipper.hpp398
-rw-r--r--src/libtess2/LICENSE.txt25
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/bucketalloc.c199
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/bucketalloc.h51
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/dict.c109
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/dict.h74
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/geom.c261
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/geom.h76
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/mesh.c844
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/mesh.h267
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/priorityq.c514
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/priorityq.h104
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/sweep.c1325
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/sweep.h74
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/tess.c960
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/tess.h90
-rwxr-xr-xsrc/libtess2/tesselator.h209
-rw-r--r--src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.cpp188
-rw-r--r--src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.hpp29
-rw-r--r--test/test.gypi1
28 files changed, 58 insertions, 10359 deletions
diff --git a/configure b/configure
index 1d58a82443..e347dbc64f 100755
--- a/configure
+++ b/configure
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ print_flags gtest static_libs cflags ldflags
print_flags pixelmatch static_libs cflags ldflags
print_flags webp static_libs cflags ldflags
print_flags jni.hpp static_libs cflags ldflags
+print_flags earcut static_libs cflags ldflags
CONFIG+=" }
}
diff --git a/mbgl.gypi b/mbgl.gypi
index c25e53ed78..4fc54f1f92 100644
--- a/mbgl.gypi
+++ b/mbgl.gypi
@@ -178,6 +178,7 @@
'<@(geojsonvt_cflags)',
'<@(rapidjson_cflags)',
'<@(variant_cflags)',
+ '<@(earcut_cflags)',
],
'cflags': [
'<@(opengl_cflags)',
diff --git a/platform/android/scripts/configure.sh b/platform/android/scripts/configure.sh
index 93d9c301dd..a33249ebc0 100644
--- a/platform/android/scripts/configure.sh
+++ b/platform/android/scripts/configure.sh
@@ -13,5 +13,6 @@ GEOJSONVT_VERSION=4.1.2
VARIANT_VERSION=1.1.0
RAPIDJSON_VERSION=1.0.2
JNI_HPP_VERSION=2.0.0
+EARCUT_VERSION=0.11
export MASON_ANDROID_ABI=${MASON_PLATFORM_VERSION}
diff --git a/platform/ios/scripts/configure.sh b/platform/ios/scripts/configure.sh
index 3a63f649a1..0214e011d6 100644
--- a/platform/ios/scripts/configure.sh
+++ b/platform/ios/scripts/configure.sh
@@ -10,3 +10,4 @@ VARIANT_VERSION=1.1.0
RAPIDJSON_VERSION=1.0.2
GTEST_VERSION=1.7.0
PIXELMATCH_VERSION=0.9.0
+EARCUT_VERSION=0.11
diff --git a/platform/linux/scripts/configure.sh b/platform/linux/scripts/configure.sh
index 8ae3b2816d..b695d852ff 100644
--- a/platform/linux/scripts/configure.sh
+++ b/platform/linux/scripts/configure.sh
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ RAPIDJSON_VERSION=1.0.2
GTEST_VERSION=1.7.0${CXX11ABI:-}
PIXELMATCH_VERSION=0.9.0
WEBP_VERSION=0.5.0
+EARCUT_VERSION=0.11
function print_opengl_flags {
CONFIG+=" 'opengl_cflags%': $(quote_flags $(pkg-config gl x11 --cflags)),"$LN
diff --git a/platform/osx/scripts/configure.sh b/platform/osx/scripts/configure.sh
index f009bae4f6..bcfd0ada38 100644
--- a/platform/osx/scripts/configure.sh
+++ b/platform/osx/scripts/configure.sh
@@ -13,3 +13,4 @@ VARIANT_VERSION=1.1.0
RAPIDJSON_VERSION=1.0.2
GTEST_VERSION=1.7.0
PIXELMATCH_VERSION=0.9.0
+EARCUT_VERSION=0.11
diff --git a/platform/qt/scripts/configure.sh b/platform/qt/scripts/configure.sh
index bb9df18038..b79c23532e 100644
--- a/platform/qt/scripts/configure.sh
+++ b/platform/qt/scripts/configure.sh
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ SQLITE_VERSION=3.9.1
VARIANT_VERSION=1.1.0
ZLIB_VERSION=system
WEBP_VERSION=0.5.0
+EARCUT_VERSION=0.11
function print_default_flags {
CONFIG+=" 'cflags': $(quote_flags -fvisibility=hidden),"$LN
diff --git a/src/clipper/clipper.cpp b/src/clipper/clipper.cpp
deleted file mode 100755
index f5d8cd3c95..0000000000
--- a/src/clipper/clipper.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4612 +0,0 @@
-/*******************************************************************************
-* *
-* Author : Angus Johnson *
-* Version : 6.1.3a *
-* Date : 22 January 2014 *
-* Website : http://www.angusj.com *
-* Copyright : Angus Johnson 2010-2014 *
-* *
-* License: *
-* Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. *
-* http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt *
-* *
-* Attributions: *
-* The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: *
-* "A generic solution to polygon clipping" *
-* Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63. *
-* http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906 *
-* *
-* Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms *
-* By Max K. Agoston *
-* Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005) *
-* http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston *
-* *
-* See also: *
-* "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers" *
-* Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575 *
-* ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences *
-* and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005) *
-* September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA *
-* http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf *
-* *
-*******************************************************************************/
-
-/*******************************************************************************
-* *
-* This is a translation of the Delphi Clipper library and the naming style *
-* used has retained a Delphi flavour. *
-* *
-*******************************************************************************/
-
-#include "clipper.hpp"
-#include <cmath>
-#include <vector>
-#include <algorithm>
-#include <stdexcept>
-#include <cstring>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <ostream>
-#include <functional>
-
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wshadow"
-
-namespace ClipperLib {
-
-#ifdef use_int32
- static cInt const loRange = 46340;
- static cInt const hiRange = 46340;
-#else
- static cInt const loRange = 0x3FFFFFFF;
- static cInt const hiRange = 0x3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL;
- typedef unsigned long long ulong64;
-#endif
-
-static double const pi = 3.141592653589793238;
-static double const two_pi = pi *2;
-static double const def_arc_tolerance = 0.25;
-
-enum Direction { dRightToLeft, dLeftToRight };
-
-static int const Unassigned = -1; //edge not currently 'owning' a solution
-static int const Skip = -2; //edge that would otherwise close a path
-
-#define HORIZONTAL (-1.0E+40)
-#define TOLERANCE (1.0e-20)
-#define NEAR_ZERO(val) (((val) > -TOLERANCE) && ((val) < TOLERANCE))
-
-struct TEdge {
- IntPoint Bot;
- IntPoint Curr;
- IntPoint Top;
- IntPoint Delta;
- double Dx;
- PolyType PolyTyp;
- EdgeSide Side;
- int WindDelta; //1 or -1 depending on winding direction
- int WindCnt;
- int WindCnt2; //winding count of the opposite polytype
- int OutIdx;
- TEdge *Next;
- TEdge *Prev;
- TEdge *NextInLML;
- TEdge *NextInAEL;
- TEdge *PrevInAEL;
- TEdge *NextInSEL;
- TEdge *PrevInSEL;
-};
-
-struct IntersectNode {
- TEdge *Edge1;
- TEdge *Edge2;
- IntPoint Pt;
-};
-
-struct LocalMinima {
- cInt Y;
- TEdge *LeftBound;
- TEdge *RightBound;
- LocalMinima *Next;
-};
-
-struct OutPt;
-
-struct OutRec {
- int Idx;
- bool IsHole;
- bool IsOpen;
- OutRec *FirstLeft; //see comments in clipper.pas
- PolyNode *PolyNd;
- OutPt *Pts;
- OutPt *BottomPt;
-};
-
-struct OutPt {
- int Idx;
- IntPoint Pt;
- OutPt *Next;
- OutPt *Prev;
-};
-
-struct Join {
- OutPt *OutPt1;
- OutPt *OutPt2;
- IntPoint OffPt;
-};
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline cInt Round(double val)
-{
- if ((val < 0)) return static_cast<cInt>(val - 0.5);
- else return static_cast<cInt>(val + 0.5);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline cInt Abs(cInt val)
-{
- return val < 0 ? -val : val;
-}
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// PolyTree methods ...
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void PolyTree::Clear()
-{
- for (PolyNodes::size_type i = 0; i < AllNodes.size(); ++i)
- delete AllNodes[i];
- AllNodes.resize(0);
- Childs.resize(0);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-PolyNode* PolyTree::GetFirst() const
-{
- if (!Childs.empty())
- return Childs[0];
- else
- return 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int PolyTree::Total() const
-{
- return (int)AllNodes.size();
-}
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// PolyNode methods ...
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-PolyNode::PolyNode(): Childs(), Parent(0), Index(0), m_IsOpen(false)
-{
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int PolyNode::ChildCount() const
-{
- return (int)Childs.size();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void PolyNode::AddChild(PolyNode& child)
-{
- unsigned cnt = (unsigned)Childs.size();
- Childs.push_back(&child);
- child.Parent = this;
- child.Index = cnt;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-PolyNode* PolyNode::GetNext() const
-{
- if (!Childs.empty())
- return Childs[0];
- else
- return GetNextSiblingUp();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-PolyNode* PolyNode::GetNextSiblingUp() const
-{
- if (!Parent) //protects against PolyTree.GetNextSiblingUp()
- return 0;
- else if (Index == Parent->Childs.size() - 1)
- return Parent->GetNextSiblingUp();
- else
- return Parent->Childs[Index + 1];
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool PolyNode::IsHole() const
-{
- bool result = true;
- PolyNode* node = Parent;
- while (node)
- {
- result = !result;
- node = node->Parent;
- }
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool PolyNode::IsOpen() const
-{
- return m_IsOpen;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifndef use_int32
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Int128 class (enables safe math on signed 64bit integers)
-// eg Int128 val1((cInt)9223372036854775807); //ie 2^63 -1
-// Int128 val2((cInt)9223372036854775807);
-// Int128 val3 = val1 * val2;
-// val3.AsString => "85070591730234615847396907784232501249" (8.5e+37)
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class Int128
-{
- public:
-
- cUInt lo;
- cInt hi;
-
- Int128(cInt _lo = 0)
- {
- lo = (cUInt)_lo;
- if (_lo < 0) hi = -1; else hi = 0;
- }
-
-
- Int128(const Int128 &val): lo(val.lo), hi(val.hi){}
-
- Int128(const cInt& _hi, const ulong64& _lo): lo(_lo), hi(_hi){}
-
- Int128& operator = (const cInt &val)
- {
- lo = (ulong64)val;
- if (val < 0) hi = -1; else hi = 0;
- return *this;
- }
-
- bool operator == (const Int128 &val) const
- {return (hi == val.hi && lo == val.lo);}
-
- bool operator != (const Int128 &val) const
- { return !(*this == val);}
-
- bool operator > (const Int128 &val) const
- {
- if (hi != val.hi)
- return hi > val.hi;
- else
- return lo > val.lo;
- }
-
- bool operator < (const Int128 &val) const
- {
- if (hi != val.hi)
- return hi < val.hi;
- else
- return lo < val.lo;
- }
-
- bool operator >= (const Int128 &val) const
- { return !(*this < val);}
-
- bool operator <= (const Int128 &val) const
- { return !(*this > val);}
-
- Int128& operator += (const Int128 &rhs)
- {
- hi += rhs.hi;
- lo += rhs.lo;
- if (lo < rhs.lo) hi++;
- return *this;
- }
-
- Int128 operator + (const Int128 &rhs) const
- {
- Int128 result(*this);
- result+= rhs;
- return result;
- }
-
- Int128& operator -= (const Int128 &rhs)
- {
- *this += -rhs;
- return *this;
- }
-
- Int128 operator - (const Int128 &rhs) const
- {
- Int128 result(*this);
- result -= rhs;
- return result;
- }
-
- Int128 operator-() const //unary negation
- {
- if (lo == 0)
- return Int128(-hi,0);
- else
- return Int128(~hi,~lo +1);
- }
-
- Int128 operator/ (const Int128 &rhs) const
- {
- if (rhs.lo == 0 && rhs.hi == 0)
- throw "Int128 operator/: divide by zero";
-
- bool negate = (rhs.hi < 0) != (hi < 0);
- Int128 dividend = *this;
- Int128 divisor = rhs;
- if (dividend.hi < 0) dividend = -dividend;
- if (divisor.hi < 0) divisor = -divisor;
-
- if (divisor < dividend)
- {
- Int128 result = Int128(0);
- Int128 cntr = Int128(1);
- while (divisor.hi >= 0 && !(divisor > dividend))
- {
- divisor.hi <<= 1;
- if ((cInt)divisor.lo < 0) divisor.hi++;
- divisor.lo <<= 1;
-
- cntr.hi <<= 1;
- if ((cInt)cntr.lo < 0) cntr.hi++;
- cntr.lo <<= 1;
- }
- divisor.lo >>= 1;
- if ((divisor.hi & 1) == 1)
- divisor.lo |= 0x8000000000000000LL;
- divisor.hi = (ulong64)divisor.hi >> 1;
-
- cntr.lo >>= 1;
- if ((cntr.hi & 1) == 1)
- cntr.lo |= 0x8000000000000000LL;
- cntr.hi >>= 1;
-
- while (cntr.hi != 0 || cntr.lo != 0)
- {
- if (!(dividend < divisor))
- {
- dividend -= divisor;
- result.hi |= cntr.hi;
- result.lo |= cntr.lo;
- }
- divisor.lo >>= 1;
- if ((divisor.hi & 1) == 1)
- divisor.lo |= 0x8000000000000000LL;
- divisor.hi >>= 1;
-
- cntr.lo >>= 1;
- if ((cntr.hi & 1) == 1)
- cntr.lo |= 0x8000000000000000LL;
- cntr.hi >>= 1;
- }
- if (negate) result = -result;
- return result;
- }
- else if (rhs.hi == this->hi && rhs.lo == this->lo)
- return Int128(negate ? -1: 1);
- else
- return Int128(0);
- }
-
- double AsDouble() const
- {
- const double shift64 = 18446744073709551616.0; //2^64
- if (hi < 0)
- {
- cUInt lo_ = ~lo + 1;
- if (lo_ == 0) return (double)hi * shift64;
- else return -(double)(lo_ + ~hi * shift64);
- }
- else
- return (double)(lo + hi * shift64);
- }
-
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Int128 Int128Mul (cInt lhs, cInt rhs)
-{
- bool negate = (lhs < 0) != (rhs < 0);
-
- if (lhs < 0) lhs = -lhs;
- ulong64 int1Hi = ulong64(lhs) >> 32;
- ulong64 int1Lo = ulong64(lhs & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- if (rhs < 0) rhs = -rhs;
- ulong64 int2Hi = ulong64(rhs) >> 32;
- ulong64 int2Lo = ulong64(rhs & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- //nb: see comments in clipper.pas
- ulong64 a = int1Hi * int2Hi;
- ulong64 b = int1Lo * int2Lo;
- ulong64 c = int1Hi * int2Lo + int1Lo * int2Hi;
-
- Int128 tmp;
- tmp.hi = cInt(a + (c >> 32));
- tmp.lo = cInt(c << 32);
- tmp.lo += cInt(b);
- if (tmp.lo < b) tmp.hi++;
- if (negate) tmp = -tmp;
- return tmp;
-}
-#endif
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous global functions
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Orientation(const Path &poly)
-{
- return Area(poly) >= 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-double Area(const Path &poly)
-{
- int size = (int)poly.size();
- if (size < 3) return 0;
-
- double a = 0;
- for (int i = 0, j = size -1; i < size; ++i)
- {
- a += ((double)poly[j].X + poly[i].X) * ((double)poly[j].Y - poly[i].Y);
- j = i;
- }
- return -a * 0.5;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-double Area(const OutRec &outRec)
-{
- OutPt *op = outRec.Pts;
- if (!op) return 0;
- double a = 0;
- do {
- a += (double)(op->Prev->Pt.X + op->Pt.X) * (double)(op->Prev->Pt.Y - op->Pt.Y);
- op = op->Next;
- } while (op != outRec.Pts);
- return a * 0.5;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool PointIsVertex(const IntPoint &Pt, OutPt *pp)
-{
- OutPt *pp2 = pp;
- do
- {
- if (pp2->Pt == Pt) return true;
- pp2 = pp2->Next;
- }
- while (pp2 != pp);
- return false;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int PointInPolygon (const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path)
-{
- //returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary
- //http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.88.5498&rep=rep1&type=pdf
- int result = 0;
- size_t cnt = path.size();
- if (cnt < 3) return 0;
- IntPoint ip = path[0];
- for(size_t i = 1; i <= cnt; ++i)
- {
- IntPoint ipNext = (i == cnt ? path[0] : path[i]);
- if (ipNext.Y == pt.Y)
- {
- if ((ipNext.X == pt.X) || (ip.Y == pt.Y &&
- ((ipNext.X > pt.X) == (ip.X < pt.X)))) return -1;
- }
- if ((ip.Y < pt.Y) != (ipNext.Y < pt.Y))
- {
- if (ip.X >= pt.X)
- {
- if (ipNext.X > pt.X) result = 1 - result;
- else
- {
- double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) -
- (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y);
- if (!d) return -1;
- if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) result = 1 - result;
- }
- } else
- {
- if (ipNext.X > pt.X)
- {
- double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) -
- (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y);
- if (!d) return -1;
- if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) result = 1 - result;
- }
- }
- }
- ip = ipNext;
- }
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int PointInPolygon (const IntPoint &pt, OutPt *op)
-{
- //returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary
- //http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.88.5498&rep=rep1&type=pdf
- int result = 0;
- OutPt* startOp = op;
- for(;;)
- {
- if (op->Next->Pt.Y == pt.Y)
- {
- if ((op->Next->Pt.X == pt.X) || (op->Pt.Y == pt.Y &&
- ((op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) == (op->Pt.X < pt.X)))) return -1;
- }
- if ((op->Pt.Y < pt.Y) != (op->Next->Pt.Y < pt.Y))
- {
- if (op->Pt.X >= pt.X)
- {
- if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) result = 1 - result;
- else
- {
- double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) -
- (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y);
- if (!d) return -1;
- if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) result = 1 - result;
- }
- } else
- {
- if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X)
- {
- double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) -
- (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y);
- if (!d) return -1;
- if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) result = 1 - result;
- }
- }
- }
- op = op->Next;
- if (startOp == op) break;
- }
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Poly2ContainsPoly1(OutPt *OutPt1, OutPt *OutPt2)
-{
- OutPt* op = OutPt1;
- do
- {
- int res = PointInPolygon(op->Pt, OutPt2);
- if (res >= 0) return res != 0;
- op = op->Next;
- }
- while (op != OutPt1);
- return true;
-}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool SlopesEqual(const TEdge &e1, const TEdge &e2, bool UseFullInt64Range)
-{
-#ifndef use_int32
- if (UseFullInt64Range)
- return Int128Mul(e1.Delta.Y, e2.Delta.X) == Int128Mul(e1.Delta.X, e2.Delta.Y);
- else
-#endif
- return e1.Delta.Y * e2.Delta.X == e1.Delta.X * e2.Delta.Y;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2,
- const IntPoint pt3, bool UseFullInt64Range)
-{
-#ifndef use_int32
- if (UseFullInt64Range)
- return Int128Mul(pt1.Y-pt2.Y, pt2.X-pt3.X) == Int128Mul(pt1.X-pt2.X, pt2.Y-pt3.Y);
- else
-#endif
- return (pt1.Y-pt2.Y)*(pt2.X-pt3.X) == (pt1.X-pt2.X)*(pt2.Y-pt3.Y);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2,
- const IntPoint pt3, const IntPoint pt4, bool UseFullInt64Range)
-{
-#ifndef use_int32
- if (UseFullInt64Range)
- return Int128Mul(pt1.Y-pt2.Y, pt3.X-pt4.X) == Int128Mul(pt1.X-pt2.X, pt3.Y-pt4.Y);
- else
-#endif
- return (pt1.Y-pt2.Y)*(pt3.X-pt4.X) == (pt1.X-pt2.X)*(pt3.Y-pt4.Y);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool IsHorizontal(TEdge &e)
-{
- return e.Delta.Y == 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline double GetDx(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2)
-{
- return (pt1.Y == pt2.Y) ?
- HORIZONTAL : (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X) / (pt2.Y - pt1.Y);
-}
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline void SetDx(TEdge &e)
-{
- e.Delta.X = (e.Top.X - e.Bot.X);
- e.Delta.Y = (e.Top.Y - e.Bot.Y);
-
- if (e.Delta.Y == 0) e.Dx = HORIZONTAL;
- else e.Dx = (double)(e.Delta.X) / e.Delta.Y;
-}
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline void SwapSides(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2)
-{
- EdgeSide Side = Edge1.Side;
- Edge1.Side = Edge2.Side;
- Edge2.Side = Side;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline void SwapPolyIndexes(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2)
-{
- int OutIdx = Edge1.OutIdx;
- Edge1.OutIdx = Edge2.OutIdx;
- Edge2.OutIdx = OutIdx;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline cInt TopX(TEdge &edge, const cInt currentY)
-{
- return ( currentY == edge.Top.Y ) ?
- edge.Top.X : edge.Bot.X + Round(edge.Dx *(currentY - edge.Bot.Y));
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool IntersectPoint(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2,
- IntPoint &ip, bool UseFullInt64Range)
-{
-#ifdef use_xyz
- ip.Z = 0;
-#endif
- double b1, b2;
- //nb: with very large coordinate values, it's possible for SlopesEqual() to
- //return false but for the edge.Dx value be equal due to double precision rounding.
- if (SlopesEqual(Edge1, Edge2, UseFullInt64Range) || Edge1.Dx == Edge2.Dx)
- {
- if (Edge2.Bot.Y > Edge1.Bot.Y) ip = Edge2.Bot;
- else ip = Edge1.Bot;
- return false;
- }
- else if (Edge1.Delta.X == 0)
- {
- ip.X = Edge1.Bot.X;
- if (IsHorizontal(Edge2))
- ip.Y = Edge2.Bot.Y;
- else
- {
- b2 = Edge2.Bot.Y - (Edge2.Bot.X / Edge2.Dx);
- ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge2.Dx + b2);
- }
- }
- else if (Edge2.Delta.X == 0)
- {
- ip.X = Edge2.Bot.X;
- if (IsHorizontal(Edge1))
- ip.Y = Edge1.Bot.Y;
- else
- {
- b1 = Edge1.Bot.Y - (Edge1.Bot.X / Edge1.Dx);
- ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge1.Dx + b1);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- b1 = Edge1.Bot.X - Edge1.Bot.Y * Edge1.Dx;
- b2 = Edge2.Bot.X - Edge2.Bot.Y * Edge2.Dx;
- double q = (b2-b1) / (Edge1.Dx - Edge2.Dx);
- ip.Y = Round(q);
- if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx))
- ip.X = Round(Edge1.Dx * q + b1);
- else
- ip.X = Round(Edge2.Dx * q + b2);
- }
-
- if (ip.Y < Edge1.Top.Y || ip.Y < Edge2.Top.Y)
- {
- if (Edge1.Top.Y > Edge2.Top.Y)
- ip.Y = Edge1.Top.Y;
- else
- ip.Y = Edge2.Top.Y;
- if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx))
- ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y);
- else
- ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y);
- }
- return true;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ReversePolyPtLinks(OutPt *pp)
-{
- if (!pp) return;
- OutPt *pp1, *pp2;
- pp1 = pp;
- do {
- pp2 = pp1->Next;
- pp1->Next = pp1->Prev;
- pp1->Prev = pp2;
- pp1 = pp2;
- } while( pp1 != pp );
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void DisposeOutPts(OutPt*& pp)
-{
- if (pp == 0) return;
- pp->Prev->Next = 0;
- while( pp )
- {
- OutPt *tmpPp = pp;
- pp = pp->Next;
- delete tmpPp;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline void InitEdge(TEdge* e, TEdge* eNext, TEdge* ePrev, const IntPoint& Pt)
-{
- std::memset(e, 0, sizeof(TEdge));
- e->Next = eNext;
- e->Prev = ePrev;
- e->Curr = Pt;
- e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void InitEdge2(TEdge& e, PolyType Pt)
-{
- if (e.Curr.Y >= e.Next->Curr.Y)
- {
- e.Bot = e.Curr;
- e.Top = e.Next->Curr;
- } else
- {
- e.Top = e.Curr;
- e.Bot = e.Next->Curr;
- }
- SetDx(e);
- e.PolyTyp = Pt;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEdge* RemoveEdge(TEdge* e)
-{
- //removes e from double_linked_list (but without removing from memory)
- e->Prev->Next = e->Next;
- e->Next->Prev = e->Prev;
- TEdge* result = e->Next;
- e->Prev = 0; //flag as removed (see ClipperBase.Clear)
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline void ReverseHorizontal(TEdge &e)
-{
- //swap horizontal edges' Top and Bottom x's so they follow the natural
- //progression of the bounds - ie so their xbots will align with the
- //adjoining lower edge. [Helpful in the ProcessHorizontal() method.]
- cInt tmp = e.Top.X;
- e.Top.X = e.Bot.X;
- e.Bot.X = tmp;
-#ifdef use_xyz
- tmp = e.Top.Z;
- e.Top.Z = e.Bot.Z;
- e.Bot.Z = tmp;
-#endif
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void SwapPoints(IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2)
-{
- IntPoint tmp = pt1;
- pt1 = pt2;
- pt2 = tmp;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool GetOverlapSegment(IntPoint pt1a, IntPoint pt1b, IntPoint pt2a,
- IntPoint pt2b, IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2)
-{
- //precondition: segments are Collinear.
- if (Abs(pt1a.X - pt1b.X) > Abs(pt1a.Y - pt1b.Y))
- {
- if (pt1a.X > pt1b.X) SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b);
- if (pt2a.X > pt2b.X) SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b);
- if (pt1a.X > pt2a.X) pt1 = pt1a; else pt1 = pt2a;
- if (pt1b.X < pt2b.X) pt2 = pt1b; else pt2 = pt2b;
- return pt1.X < pt2.X;
- } else
- {
- if (pt1a.Y < pt1b.Y) SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b);
- if (pt2a.Y < pt2b.Y) SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b);
- if (pt1a.Y < pt2a.Y) pt1 = pt1a; else pt1 = pt2a;
- if (pt1b.Y > pt2b.Y) pt2 = pt1b; else pt2 = pt2b;
- return pt1.Y > pt2.Y;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool FirstIsBottomPt(const OutPt* btmPt1, const OutPt* btmPt2)
-{
- OutPt *p = btmPt1->Prev;
- while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) p = p->Prev;
- double dx1p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt));
- p = btmPt1->Next;
- while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) p = p->Next;
- double dx1n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt));
-
- p = btmPt2->Prev;
- while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) p = p->Prev;
- double dx2p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt));
- p = btmPt2->Next;
- while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) p = p->Next;
- double dx2n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt));
- return (dx1p >= dx2p && dx1p >= dx2n) || (dx1n >= dx2p && dx1n >= dx2n);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutPt* GetBottomPt(OutPt *pp)
-{
- OutPt* dups = 0;
- OutPt* p = pp->Next;
- while (p != pp)
- {
- if (p->Pt.Y > pp->Pt.Y)
- {
- pp = p;
- dups = 0;
- }
- else if (p->Pt.Y == pp->Pt.Y && p->Pt.X <= pp->Pt.X)
- {
- if (p->Pt.X < pp->Pt.X)
- {
- dups = 0;
- pp = p;
- } else
- {
- if (p->Next != pp && p->Prev != pp) dups = p;
- }
- }
- p = p->Next;
- }
- if (dups)
- {
- //there appears to be at least 2 vertices at BottomPt so ...
- while (dups != p)
- {
- if (!FirstIsBottomPt(p, dups)) pp = dups;
- dups = dups->Next;
- while (dups->Pt != pp->Pt) dups = dups->Next;
- }
- }
- return pp;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool FindSegment(OutPt* &pp, bool UseFullInt64Range,
- IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2)
-{
- //OutPt1 & OutPt2 => the overlap segment (if the function returns true)
- if (!pp) return false;
- OutPt* pp2 = pp;
- IntPoint pt1a = pt1, pt2a = pt2;
- do
- {
- if (SlopesEqual(pt1a, pt2a, pp->Pt, pp->Prev->Pt, UseFullInt64Range) &&
- SlopesEqual(pt1a, pt2a, pp->Pt, UseFullInt64Range) &&
- GetOverlapSegment(pt1a, pt2a, pp->Pt, pp->Prev->Pt, pt1, pt2))
- return true;
- pp = pp->Next;
- }
- while (pp != pp2);
- return false;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(const IntPoint pt1,
- const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3)
-{
- if ((pt1 == pt3) || (pt1 == pt2) || (pt3 == pt2))
- return false;
- else if (pt1.X != pt3.X)
- return (pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X);
- else
- return (pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutPt* InsertPolyPtBetween(OutPt* p1, OutPt* p2, const IntPoint Pt)
-{
- if (p1 == p2) throw "JoinError";
- OutPt* result = new OutPt;
- result->Pt = Pt;
- if (p2 == p1->Next)
- {
- p1->Next = result;
- p2->Prev = result;
- result->Next = p2;
- result->Prev = p1;
- } else
- {
- p2->Next = result;
- p1->Prev = result;
- result->Next = p1;
- result->Prev = p2;
- }
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool HorzSegmentsOverlap(const IntPoint& pt1a, const IntPoint& pt1b,
- const IntPoint& pt2a, const IntPoint& pt2b)
-{
- //precondition: both segments are horizontal
- if ((pt1a.X > pt2a.X) == (pt1a.X < pt2b.X)) return true;
- else if ((pt1b.X > pt2a.X) == (pt1b.X < pt2b.X)) return true;
- else if ((pt2a.X > pt1a.X) == (pt2a.X < pt1b.X)) return true;
- else if ((pt2b.X > pt1a.X) == (pt2b.X < pt1b.X)) return true;
- else if ((pt1a.X == pt2a.X) && (pt1b.X == pt2b.X)) return true;
- else if ((pt1a.X == pt2b.X) && (pt1b.X == pt2a.X)) return true;
- else return false;
-}
-
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ClipperBase class methods ...
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ClipperBase::ClipperBase() //constructor
-{
- m_MinimaList = 0;
- m_CurrentLM = 0;
- m_UseFullRange = false;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ClipperBase::~ClipperBase() //destructor
-{
- Clear();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void RangeTest(const IntPoint& Pt, bool& useFullRange)
-{
- if (useFullRange)
- {
- if (Pt.X > hiRange || Pt.Y > hiRange || -Pt.X > hiRange || -Pt.Y > hiRange)
- throw "Coordinate outside allowed range";
- }
- else if (Pt.X > loRange|| Pt.Y > loRange || -Pt.X > loRange || -Pt.Y > loRange)
- {
- useFullRange = true;
- RangeTest(Pt, useFullRange);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEdge* FindNextLocMin(TEdge* E)
-{
- for (;;)
- {
- while (E->Bot != E->Prev->Bot || E->Curr == E->Top) E = E->Next;
- if (!IsHorizontal(*E) && !IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) break;
- while (IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) E = E->Prev;
- TEdge* E2 = E;
- while (IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Next;
- if (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) continue; //ie just an intermediate horz.
- if (E2->Prev->Bot.X < E->Bot.X) E = E2;
- break;
- }
- return E;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEdge* ClipperBase::ProcessBound(TEdge* E, bool IsClockwise)
-{
- TEdge *EStart = E, *Result = E;
- TEdge *Horz = 0;
- cInt StartX;
- if (IsHorizontal(*E))
- {
- //it's possible for adjacent overlapping horz edges to start heading left
- //before finishing right, so ...
- if (IsClockwise) StartX = E->Prev->Bot.X;
- else StartX = E->Next->Bot.X;
- if (E->Bot.X != StartX) ReverseHorizontal(*E);
- }
-
- if (Result->OutIdx != Skip)
- {
- if (IsClockwise)
- {
- while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Next->Bot.Y && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip)
- Result = Result->Next;
- if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip)
- {
- //nb: at the top of a bound, horizontals are added to the bound
- //only when the preceding edge attaches to the horizontal's left vertex
- //unless a Skip edge is encountered when that becomes the top divide
- Horz = Result;
- while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Prev)) Horz = Horz->Prev;
- if (Horz->Prev->Top.X == Result->Next->Top.X)
- {
- if (!IsClockwise) Result = Horz->Prev;
- }
- else if (Horz->Prev->Top.X > Result->Next->Top.X) Result = Horz->Prev;
- }
- while (E != Result)
- {
- E->NextInLML = E->Next;
- if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart &&
- E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E);
- E = E->Next;
- }
- if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X)
- ReverseHorizontal(*E);
- Result = Result->Next; //move to the edge just beyond current bound
- } else
- {
- while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Prev->Bot.Y && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip)
- Result = Result->Prev;
- if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip)
- {
- Horz = Result;
- while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Next)) Horz = Horz->Next;
- if (Horz->Next->Top.X == Result->Prev->Top.X)
- {
- if (!IsClockwise) Result = Horz->Next;
- }
- else if (Horz->Next->Top.X > Result->Prev->Top.X) Result = Horz->Next;
- }
-
- while (E != Result)
- {
- E->NextInLML = E->Prev;
- if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X)
- ReverseHorizontal(*E);
- E = E->Prev;
- }
- if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X)
- ReverseHorizontal(*E);
- Result = Result->Prev; //move to the edge just beyond current bound
- }
- }
-
- if (Result->OutIdx == Skip)
- {
- //if edges still remain in the current bound beyond the skip edge then
- //create another LocMin and call ProcessBound once more
- E = Result;
- if (IsClockwise)
- {
- while (E->Top.Y == E->Next->Bot.Y) E = E->Next;
- //don't include top horizontals when parsing a bound a second time,
- //they will be contained in the opposite bound ...
- while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Prev;
- } else
- {
- while (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) E = E->Prev;
- while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Next;
- }
- if (E == Result)
- {
- if (IsClockwise) Result = E->Next;
- else Result = E->Prev;
- } else
- {
- //there are more edges in the bound beyond result starting with E
- if (IsClockwise)
- E = Result->Next;
- else
- E = Result->Prev;
- LocalMinima* locMin = new LocalMinima;
- locMin->Next = 0;
- locMin->Y = E->Bot.Y;
- locMin->LeftBound = 0;
- locMin->RightBound = E;
- locMin->RightBound->WindDelta = 0;
- Result = ProcessBound(locMin->RightBound, IsClockwise);
- InsertLocalMinima(locMin);
- }
- }
- return Result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool ClipperBase::AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed)
-{
-#ifdef use_lines
- if (!Closed && PolyTyp == ptClip)
- throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths must be subject.");
-#else
- if (!Closed)
- throw clipperException("AddPath: Open paths have been disabled.");
-#endif
-
- int highI = (int)pg.size() -1;
- if (Closed) while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[0])) --highI;
- while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[highI -1])) --highI;
- if ((Closed && highI < 2) || (!Closed && highI < 1)) return false;
-
- //create a new edge array ...
- TEdge *edges = new TEdge [highI +1];
-
- bool IsFlat = true;
- //1. Basic (first) edge initialization ...
- try
- {
- edges[1].Curr = pg[1];
- RangeTest(pg[0], m_UseFullRange);
- RangeTest(pg[highI], m_UseFullRange);
- InitEdge(&edges[0], &edges[1], &edges[highI], pg[0]);
- InitEdge(&edges[highI], &edges[0], &edges[highI-1], pg[highI]);
- for (int i = highI - 1; i >= 1; --i)
- {
- RangeTest(pg[i], m_UseFullRange);
- InitEdge(&edges[i], &edges[i+1], &edges[i-1], pg[i]);
- }
- }
- catch(...)
- {
- delete [] edges;
- throw; //range test fails
- }
- TEdge *eStart = &edges[0];
-
- //2. Remove duplicate vertices, and (when closed) collinear edges ...
- TEdge *E = eStart, *eLoopStop = eStart;
- for (;;)
- {
- if ((E->Curr == E->Next->Curr))
- {
- if (E == E->Next) break;
- if (E == eStart) eStart = E->Next;
- E = RemoveEdge(E);
- eLoopStop = E;
- continue;
- }
- if (E->Prev == E->Next)
- break; //only two vertices
- else if (Closed &&
- SlopesEqual(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (!m_PreserveCollinear ||
- !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr)))
- {
- //Collinear edges are allowed for open paths but in closed paths
- //the default is to merge adjacent collinear edges into a single edge.
- //However, if the PreserveCollinear property is enabled, only overlapping
- //collinear edges (ie spikes) will be removed from closed paths.
- if (E == eStart) eStart = E->Next;
- E = RemoveEdge(E);
- E = E->Prev;
- eLoopStop = E;
- continue;
- }
- E = E->Next;
- if (E == eLoopStop) break;
- }
-
- if ((!Closed && (E == E->Next)) || (Closed && (E->Prev == E->Next)))
- {
- delete [] edges;
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!Closed)
- {
- m_HasOpenPaths = true;
- eStart->Prev->OutIdx = Skip;
- }
-
- //3. Do second stage of edge initialization ...
- E = eStart;
- do
- {
- InitEdge2(*E, PolyTyp);
- E = E->Next;
- if (IsFlat && E->Curr.Y != eStart->Curr.Y) IsFlat = false;
- }
- while (E != eStart);
-
- //4. Finally, add edge bounds to LocalMinima list ...
-
- //Totally flat paths must be handled differently when adding them
- //to LocalMinima list to avoid endless loops etc ...
- if (IsFlat)
- {
- if (Closed)
- {
- delete [] edges;
- return false;
- }
- E->Prev->OutIdx = Skip;
- if (E->Prev->Bot.X < E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E->Prev);
- LocalMinima* locMin = new LocalMinima();
- locMin->Next = 0;
- locMin->Y = E->Bot.Y;
- locMin->LeftBound = 0;
- locMin->RightBound = E;
- locMin->RightBound->Side = esRight;
- locMin->RightBound->WindDelta = 0;
- while (E->Next->OutIdx != Skip)
- {
- E->NextInLML = E->Next;
- if (E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E);
- E = E->Next;
- }
- InsertLocalMinima(locMin);
- m_edges.push_back(edges);
- return true;
- }
-
- m_edges.push_back(edges);
- bool clockwise;
- TEdge* EMin = 0;
- for (;;)
- {
- E = FindNextLocMin(E);
- if (E == EMin) break;
- else if (!EMin) EMin = E;
-
- //E and E.Prev now share a local minima (left aligned if horizontal).
- //Compare their slopes to find which starts which bound ...
- LocalMinima* locMin = new LocalMinima;
- locMin->Next = 0;
- locMin->Y = E->Bot.Y;
- if (E->Dx < E->Prev->Dx)
- {
- locMin->LeftBound = E->Prev;
- locMin->RightBound = E;
- clockwise = false; //Q.nextInLML = Q.prev
- } else
- {
- locMin->LeftBound = E;
- locMin->RightBound = E->Prev;
- clockwise = true; //Q.nextInLML = Q.next
- }
- locMin->LeftBound->Side = esLeft;
- locMin->RightBound->Side = esRight;
-
- if (!Closed) locMin->LeftBound->WindDelta = 0;
- else if (locMin->LeftBound->Next == locMin->RightBound)
- locMin->LeftBound->WindDelta = -1;
- else locMin->LeftBound->WindDelta = 1;
- locMin->RightBound->WindDelta = -locMin->LeftBound->WindDelta;
-
- E = ProcessBound(locMin->LeftBound, clockwise);
- TEdge* E2 = ProcessBound(locMin->RightBound, !clockwise);
-
- if (locMin->LeftBound->OutIdx == Skip)
- locMin->LeftBound = 0;
- else if (locMin->RightBound->OutIdx == Skip)
- locMin->RightBound = 0;
- InsertLocalMinima(locMin);
- if (!clockwise) E = E2;
- }
- return true;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool ClipperBase::AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed)
-{
- bool result = false;
- for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < ppg.size(); ++i)
- if (AddPath(ppg[i], PolyTyp, Closed)) result = true;
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperBase::InsertLocalMinima(LocalMinima *newLm)
-{
- if( ! m_MinimaList )
- {
- m_MinimaList = newLm;
- }
- else if( newLm->Y >= m_MinimaList->Y )
- {
- newLm->Next = m_MinimaList;
- m_MinimaList = newLm;
- } else
- {
- LocalMinima* tmpLm = m_MinimaList;
- while( tmpLm->Next && ( newLm->Y < tmpLm->Next->Y ) )
- tmpLm = tmpLm->Next;
- newLm->Next = tmpLm->Next;
- tmpLm->Next = newLm;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperBase::Clear()
-{
- DisposeLocalMinimaList();
- for (EdgeList::size_type i = 0; i < m_edges.size(); ++i)
- {
- //for each edge array in turn, find the first used edge and
- //check for and remove any hiddenPts in each edge in the array.
- TEdge* edges = m_edges[i];
- delete [] edges;
- }
- m_edges.clear();
- m_UseFullRange = false;
- m_HasOpenPaths = false;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperBase::Reset()
-{
- m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList;
- if( !m_CurrentLM ) return; //ie nothing to process
-
- //reset all edges ...
- LocalMinima* lm = m_MinimaList;
- while( lm )
- {
- TEdge* e = lm->LeftBound;
- if (e)
- {
- e->Curr = e->Bot;
- e->Side = esLeft;
- e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
-
- e = lm->RightBound;
- if (e)
- {
- e->Curr = e->Bot;
- e->Side = esRight;
- e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- lm = lm->Next;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperBase::DisposeLocalMinimaList()
-{
- while( m_MinimaList )
- {
- LocalMinima* tmpLm = m_MinimaList->Next;
- delete m_MinimaList;
- m_MinimaList = tmpLm;
- }
- m_CurrentLM = 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperBase::PopLocalMinima()
-{
- if( ! m_CurrentLM ) return;
- m_CurrentLM = m_CurrentLM->Next;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-IntRect ClipperBase::GetBounds()
-{
- IntRect result;
- LocalMinima* lm = m_MinimaList;
- if (!lm)
- {
- result.left = result.top = result.right = result.bottom = 0;
- return result;
- }
- result.left = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X;
- result.top = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y;
- result.right = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X;
- result.bottom = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y;
- while (lm)
- {
- if (lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y > result.bottom)
- result.bottom = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y;
- TEdge* e = lm->LeftBound;
- for (;;) {
- TEdge* bottomE = e;
- while (e->NextInLML)
- {
- if (e->Bot.X < result.left) result.left = e->Bot.X;
- if (e->Bot.X > result.right) result.right = e->Bot.X;
- e = e->NextInLML;
- }
- if (e->Bot.X < result.left) result.left = e->Bot.X;
- if (e->Bot.X > result.right) result.right = e->Bot.X;
- if (e->Top.X < result.left) result.left = e->Top.X;
- if (e->Top.X > result.right) result.right = e->Top.X;
- if (e->Top.Y < result.top) result.top = e->Top.Y;
-
- if (bottomE == lm->LeftBound) e = lm->RightBound;
- else break;
- }
- lm = lm->Next;
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// TClipper methods ...
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Clipper::Clipper(int initOptions) : ClipperBase() //constructor
-{
- m_ActiveEdges = 0;
- m_SortedEdges = 0;
- m_ExecuteLocked = false;
- m_UseFullRange = false;
- m_ReverseOutput = ((initOptions & ioReverseSolution) != 0);
- m_StrictSimple = ((initOptions & ioStrictlySimple) != 0);
- m_PreserveCollinear = ((initOptions & ioPreserveCollinear) != 0);
- m_HasOpenPaths = false;
-#ifdef use_xyz
- m_ZFill = 0;
-#endif
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Clipper::~Clipper() //destructor
-{
- Clear();
- m_Scanbeam.clear();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef use_xyz
-void Clipper::ZFillFunction(TZFillCallback zFillFunc)
-{
- m_ZFill = zFillFunc;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif
-
-void Clipper::Reset()
-{
- ClipperBase::Reset();
- m_Scanbeam.clear();
- m_ActiveEdges = 0;
- m_SortedEdges = 0;
- LocalMinima* lm = m_MinimaList;
- while (lm)
- {
- InsertScanbeam(lm->Y);
- lm = lm->Next;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution,
- PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType)
-{
- if( m_ExecuteLocked ) return false;
- if (m_HasOpenPaths)
- throw clipperException("Error: PolyTree struct is need for open path clipping.");
- m_ExecuteLocked = true;
- solution.resize(0);
- m_SubjFillType = subjFillType;
- m_ClipFillType = clipFillType;
- m_ClipType = clipType;
- m_UsingPolyTree = false;
- bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal();
- if (succeeded) BuildResult(solution);
- DisposeAllOutRecs();
- m_ExecuteLocked = false;
- return succeeded;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree& polytree,
- PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType)
-{
- if( m_ExecuteLocked ) return false;
- m_ExecuteLocked = true;
- m_SubjFillType = subjFillType;
- m_ClipFillType = clipFillType;
- m_ClipType = clipType;
- m_UsingPolyTree = true;
- bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal();
- if (succeeded) BuildResult2(polytree);
- DisposeAllOutRecs();
- m_ExecuteLocked = false;
- return succeeded;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec)
-{
- //skip OutRecs that (a) contain outermost polygons or
- //(b) already have the correct owner/child linkage ...
- if (!outrec.FirstLeft ||
- (outrec.IsHole != outrec.FirstLeft->IsHole &&
- outrec.FirstLeft->Pts)) return;
-
- OutRec* orfl = outrec.FirstLeft;
- while (orfl && ((orfl->IsHole == outrec.IsHole) || !orfl->Pts))
- orfl = orfl->FirstLeft;
- outrec.FirstLeft = orfl;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::ExecuteInternal()
-{
- bool succeeded = true;
- try {
- Reset();
- if (!m_CurrentLM) return false;
- cInt botY = PopScanbeam();
- do {
- InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY);
- ClearGhostJoins();
- ProcessHorizontals(false);
- if (m_Scanbeam.empty()) break;
- cInt topY = PopScanbeam();
- succeeded = ProcessIntersections(botY, topY);
- if (!succeeded) break;
- ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(topY);
- botY = topY;
- } while (!m_Scanbeam.empty() || m_CurrentLM);
- }
- catch(...)
- {
- succeeded = false;
- }
-
- if (succeeded)
- {
- //fix orientations ...
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
- {
- OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
- if (!outRec->Pts || outRec->IsOpen) continue;
- if ((outRec->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec) > 0))
- ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec->Pts);
- }
-
- if (!m_Joins.empty()) JoinCommonEdges();
-
- //unfortunately FixupOutPolygon() must be done after JoinCommonEdges()
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
- {
- OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
- if (outRec->Pts && !outRec->IsOpen)
- FixupOutPolygon(*outRec);
- }
-
- if (m_StrictSimple) DoSimplePolygons();
- }
-
- ClearJoins();
- ClearGhostJoins();
- return succeeded;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y)
-{
- m_Scanbeam.insert(Y);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-cInt Clipper::PopScanbeam()
-{
- cInt Y = *m_Scanbeam.begin();
- m_Scanbeam.erase(m_Scanbeam.begin());
- return Y;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DisposeAllOutRecs(){
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
- DisposeOutRec(i);
- m_PolyOuts.clear();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index)
-{
- OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[index];
- if (outRec->Pts) DisposeOutPts(outRec->Pts);
- delete outRec;
- m_PolyOuts[index] = 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::SetWindingCount(TEdge &edge)
-{
- TEdge *e = edge.PrevInAEL;
- //find the edge of the same polytype that immediately preceeds 'edge' in AEL
- while (e && ((e->PolyTyp != edge.PolyTyp) || (e->WindDelta == 0))) e = e->PrevInAEL;
- if (!e)
- {
- edge.WindCnt = (edge.WindDelta == 0 ? 1 : edge.WindDelta);
- edge.WindCnt2 = 0;
- e = m_ActiveEdges; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
- }
- else if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && m_ClipType != ctUnion)
- {
- edge.WindCnt = 1;
- edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
- e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
- }
- else if (IsEvenOddFillType(edge))
- {
- //EvenOdd filling ...
- if (edge.WindDelta == 0)
- {
- //are we inside a subj polygon ...
- bool Inside = true;
- TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL;
- while (e2)
- {
- if (e2->PolyTyp == e->PolyTyp && e2->WindDelta != 0)
- Inside = !Inside;
- e2 = e2->PrevInAEL;
- }
- edge.WindCnt = (Inside ? 0 : 1);
- }
- else
- {
- edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta;
- }
- edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
- e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
- }
- else
- {
- //nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ...
- if (e->WindCnt * e->WindDelta < 0)
- {
- //prev edge is 'decreasing' WindCount (WC) toward zero
- //so we're outside the previous polygon ...
- if (Abs(e->WindCnt) > 1)
- {
- //outside prev poly but still inside another.
- //when reversing direction of prev poly use the same WC
- if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt;
- //otherwise continue to 'decrease' WC ...
- else edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta;
- }
- else
- //now outside all polys of same polytype so set own WC ...
- edge.WindCnt = (edge.WindDelta == 0 ? 1 : edge.WindDelta);
- } else
- {
- //prev edge is 'increasing' WindCount (WC) away from zero
- //so we're inside the previous polygon ...
- if (edge.WindDelta == 0)
- edge.WindCnt = (e->WindCnt < 0 ? e->WindCnt - 1 : e->WindCnt + 1);
- //if wind direction is reversing prev then use same WC
- else if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt;
- //otherwise add to WC ...
- else edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta;
- }
- edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
- e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2
- }
-
- //update WindCnt2 ...
- if (IsEvenOddAltFillType(edge))
- {
- //EvenOdd filling ...
- while (e != &edge)
- {
- if (e->WindDelta != 0)
- edge.WindCnt2 = (edge.WindCnt2 == 0 ? 1 : 0);
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
- } else
- {
- //nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ...
- while ( e != &edge )
- {
- edge.WindCnt2 += e->WindDelta;
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge& edge) const
-{
- if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
- return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; else
- return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge& edge) const
-{
- if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
- return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; else
- return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::IsContributing(const TEdge& edge) const
-{
- PolyFillType pft, pft2;
- if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
- {
- pft = m_SubjFillType;
- pft2 = m_ClipFillType;
- } else
- {
- pft = m_ClipFillType;
- pft2 = m_SubjFillType;
- }
-
- switch(pft)
- {
- case pftEvenOdd:
- //return false if a subj line has been flagged as inside a subj polygon
- if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && edge.WindCnt != 1) return false;
- break;
- case pftNonZero:
- if (Abs(edge.WindCnt) != 1) return false;
- break;
- case pftPositive:
- if (edge.WindCnt != 1) return false;
- break;
- default: //pftNegative
- if (edge.WindCnt != -1) return false;
- }
-
- switch(m_ClipType)
- {
- case ctIntersection:
- switch(pft2)
- {
- case pftEvenOdd:
- case pftNonZero:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0);
- case pftPositive:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0);
- default:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0);
- }
- break;
- case ctUnion:
- switch(pft2)
- {
- case pftEvenOdd:
- case pftNonZero:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0);
- case pftPositive:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0);
- default:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0);
- }
- break;
- case ctDifference:
- if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject)
- switch(pft2)
- {
- case pftEvenOdd:
- case pftNonZero:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0);
- case pftPositive:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0);
- default:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0);
- }
- else
- switch(pft2)
- {
- case pftEvenOdd:
- case pftNonZero:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0);
- case pftPositive:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0);
- default:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0);
- }
- break;
- case ctXor:
- if (edge.WindDelta == 0) //XOr always contributing unless open
- switch(pft2)
- {
- case pftEvenOdd:
- case pftNonZero:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0);
- case pftPositive:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0);
- default:
- return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0);
- }
- else
- return true;
- break;
- default:
- return true;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutPt* Clipper::AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt)
-{
- OutPt* result;
- TEdge *e, *prevE;
- if (IsHorizontal(*e2) || ( e1->Dx > e2->Dx ))
- {
- result = AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
- e2->OutIdx = e1->OutIdx;
- e1->Side = esLeft;
- e2->Side = esRight;
- e = e1;
- if (e->PrevInAEL == e2)
- prevE = e2->PrevInAEL;
- else
- prevE = e->PrevInAEL;
- } else
- {
- result = AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
- e1->OutIdx = e2->OutIdx;
- e1->Side = esRight;
- e2->Side = esLeft;
- e = e2;
- if (e->PrevInAEL == e1)
- prevE = e1->PrevInAEL;
- else
- prevE = e->PrevInAEL;
- }
-
- if (prevE && prevE->OutIdx >= 0 &&
- (TopX(*prevE, Pt.Y) == TopX(*e, Pt.Y)) &&
- SlopesEqual(*e, *prevE, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (e->WindDelta != 0) && (prevE->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- OutPt* outPt = AddOutPt(prevE, Pt);
- AddJoin(result, outPt, e->Top);
- }
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt)
-{
- AddOutPt( e1, Pt );
- if (e2->WindDelta == 0) AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
- if( e1->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx )
- {
- e1->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- else if (e1->OutIdx < e2->OutIdx)
- AppendPolygon(e1, e2);
- else
- AppendPolygon(e2, e1);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge)
-{
- //SEL pointers in PEdge are reused to build a list of horizontal edges.
- //However, we don't need to worry about order with horizontal edge processing.
- if( !m_SortedEdges )
- {
- m_SortedEdges = edge;
- edge->PrevInSEL = 0;
- edge->NextInSEL = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- edge->NextInSEL = m_SortedEdges;
- edge->PrevInSEL = 0;
- m_SortedEdges->PrevInSEL = edge;
- m_SortedEdges = edge;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::CopyAELToSEL()
-{
- TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
- m_SortedEdges = e;
- while ( e )
- {
- e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL;
- e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL;
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint OffPt)
-{
- Join* j = new Join;
- j->OutPt1 = op1;
- j->OutPt2 = op2;
- j->OffPt = OffPt;
- m_Joins.push_back(j);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::ClearJoins()
-{
- for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++)
- delete m_Joins[i];
- m_Joins.resize(0);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::ClearGhostJoins()
-{
- for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); i++)
- delete m_GhostJoins[i];
- m_GhostJoins.resize(0);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint OffPt)
-{
- Join* j = new Join;
- j->OutPt1 = op;
- j->OutPt2 = 0;
- j->OffPt = OffPt;
- m_GhostJoins.push_back(j);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY)
-{
- while( m_CurrentLM && ( m_CurrentLM->Y == botY ) )
- {
- TEdge* lb = m_CurrentLM->LeftBound;
- TEdge* rb = m_CurrentLM->RightBound;
- PopLocalMinima();
- OutPt *Op1 = 0;
- if (!lb)
- {
- //nb: don't insert LB into either AEL or SEL
- InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, 0);
- SetWindingCount(*rb);
- if (IsContributing(*rb))
- Op1 = AddOutPt(rb, rb->Bot);
- }
- else if (!rb)
- {
- InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0);
- SetWindingCount(*lb);
- if (IsContributing(*lb))
- Op1 = AddOutPt(lb, lb->Bot);
- InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y);
- }
- else
- {
- InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0);
- InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, lb);
- SetWindingCount( *lb );
- rb->WindCnt = lb->WindCnt;
- rb->WindCnt2 = lb->WindCnt2;
- if (IsContributing(*lb))
- Op1 = AddLocalMinPoly(lb, rb, lb->Bot);
- InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y);
- }
-
- if (rb)
- {
- if(IsHorizontal(*rb)) AddEdgeToSEL(rb);
- else InsertScanbeam( rb->Top.Y );
- }
-
- if (!lb || !rb) continue;
-
- //if any output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ...
- if (Op1 && IsHorizontal(*rb) &&
- m_GhostJoins.size() > 0 && (rb->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); ++i)
- {
- Join* jr = m_GhostJoins[i];
- //if the horizontal Rb and a 'ghost' horizontal overlap, then convert
- //the 'ghost' join to a real join ready for later ...
- if (HorzSegmentsOverlap(jr->OutPt1->Pt, jr->OffPt, rb->Bot, rb->Top))
- AddJoin(jr->OutPt1, Op1, jr->OffPt);
- }
- }
-
- if (lb->OutIdx >= 0 && lb->PrevInAEL &&
- lb->PrevInAEL->Curr.X == lb->Bot.X &&
- lb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 &&
- SlopesEqual(*lb->PrevInAEL, *lb, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (lb->WindDelta != 0) && (lb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(lb->PrevInAEL, lb->Bot);
- AddJoin(Op1, Op2, lb->Top);
- }
-
- if(lb->NextInAEL != rb)
- {
-
- if (rb->OutIdx >= 0 && rb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 &&
- SlopesEqual(*rb->PrevInAEL, *rb, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (rb->WindDelta != 0) && (rb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(rb->PrevInAEL, rb->Bot);
- AddJoin(Op1, Op2, rb->Top);
- }
-
- TEdge* e = lb->NextInAEL;
- if (e)
- {
- while( e != rb )
- {
- //nb: For calculating winding counts etc, IntersectEdges() assumes
- //that param1 will be to the Right of param2 ABOVE the intersection ...
- IntersectEdges(rb , e , lb->Curr); //order important here
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
- }
- }
-
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e)
-{
- TEdge* AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL;
- TEdge* AelNext = e->NextInAEL;
- if( !AelPrev && !AelNext && (e != m_ActiveEdges) ) return; //already deleted
- if( AelPrev ) AelPrev->NextInAEL = AelNext;
- else m_ActiveEdges = AelNext;
- if( AelNext ) AelNext->PrevInAEL = AelPrev;
- e->NextInAEL = 0;
- e->PrevInAEL = 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e)
-{
- TEdge* SelPrev = e->PrevInSEL;
- TEdge* SelNext = e->NextInSEL;
- if( !SelPrev && !SelNext && (e != m_SortedEdges) ) return; //already deleted
- if( SelPrev ) SelPrev->NextInSEL = SelNext;
- else m_SortedEdges = SelNext;
- if( SelNext ) SelNext->PrevInSEL = SelPrev;
- e->NextInSEL = 0;
- e->PrevInSEL = 0;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef use_xyz
-
-void Clipper::SetZ(IntPoint& pt, TEdge& e)
-{
- pt.Z = 0;
- if (m_ZFill)
- {
- //put the 'preferred' point as first parameter ...
- if (e.OutIdx < 0)
- (*m_ZFill)(e.Bot, e.Top, pt); //outside a path so presume entering
- else
- (*m_ZFill)(e.Top, e.Bot, pt); //inside a path so presume exiting
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#endif
-
-void Clipper::IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2,
- const IntPoint &Pt, bool protect)
-{
- //e1 will be to the Left of e2 BELOW the intersection. Therefore e1 is before
- //e2 in AEL except when e1 is being inserted at the intersection point ...
- bool e1stops = !protect && !e1->NextInLML &&
- e1->Top.X == Pt.X && e1->Top.Y == Pt.Y;
- bool e2stops = !protect && !e2->NextInLML &&
- e2->Top.X == Pt.X && e2->Top.Y == Pt.Y;
- bool e1Contributing = ( e1->OutIdx >= 0 );
- bool e2Contributing = ( e2->OutIdx >= 0 );
-
-#ifdef use_lines
- //if either edge is on an OPEN path ...
- if (e1->WindDelta == 0 || e2->WindDelta == 0)
- {
- //ignore subject-subject open path intersections UNLESS they
- //are both open paths, AND they are both 'contributing maximas' ...
- if (e1->WindDelta == 0 && e2->WindDelta == 0)
- {
- if ((e1stops || e2stops) && e1Contributing && e2Contributing)
- AddLocalMaxPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- }
-
- //if intersecting a subj line with a subj poly ...
- else if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp &&
- e1->WindDelta != e2->WindDelta && m_ClipType == ctUnion)
- {
- if (e1->WindDelta == 0)
- {
- if (e2Contributing)
- {
- AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
- if (e1Contributing) e1->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (e1Contributing)
- {
- AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
- if (e2Contributing) e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp)
- {
- //toggle subj open path OutIdx on/off when Abs(clip.WndCnt) == 1 ...
- if ((e1->WindDelta == 0) && std::abs(e2->WindCnt) == 1 &&
- (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e2->WindCnt2 == 0))
- {
- AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
- if (e1Contributing) e1->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- else if ((e2->WindDelta == 0) && (std::abs(e1->WindCnt) == 1) &&
- (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e1->WindCnt2 == 0))
- {
- AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
- if (e2Contributing) e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- }
-
- if (e1stops)
- if (e1->OutIdx < 0) DeleteFromAEL(e1);
- else throw clipperException("Error intersecting polylines");
- if (e2stops)
- if (e2->OutIdx < 0) DeleteFromAEL(e2);
- else throw clipperException("Error intersecting polylines");
- return;
- }
-#endif
-
- //update winding counts...
- //assumes that e1 will be to the Right of e2 ABOVE the intersection
- if ( e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp )
- {
- if ( IsEvenOddFillType( *e1) )
- {
- int oldE1WindCnt = e1->WindCnt;
- e1->WindCnt = e2->WindCnt;
- e2->WindCnt = oldE1WindCnt;
- } else
- {
- if (e1->WindCnt + e2->WindDelta == 0 ) e1->WindCnt = -e1->WindCnt;
- else e1->WindCnt += e2->WindDelta;
- if ( e2->WindCnt - e1->WindDelta == 0 ) e2->WindCnt = -e2->WindCnt;
- else e2->WindCnt -= e1->WindDelta;
- }
- } else
- {
- if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e2)) e1->WindCnt2 += e2->WindDelta;
- else e1->WindCnt2 = ( e1->WindCnt2 == 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
- if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) e2->WindCnt2 -= e1->WindDelta;
- else e2->WindCnt2 = ( e2->WindCnt2 == 0 ) ? 1 : 0;
- }
-
- PolyFillType e1FillType, e2FillType, e1FillType2, e2FillType2;
- if (e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject)
- {
- e1FillType = m_SubjFillType;
- e1FillType2 = m_ClipFillType;
- } else
- {
- e1FillType = m_ClipFillType;
- e1FillType2 = m_SubjFillType;
- }
- if (e2->PolyTyp == ptSubject)
- {
- e2FillType = m_SubjFillType;
- e2FillType2 = m_ClipFillType;
- } else
- {
- e2FillType = m_ClipFillType;
- e2FillType2 = m_SubjFillType;
- }
-
- cInt e1Wc, e2Wc;
- switch (e1FillType)
- {
- case pftPositive: e1Wc = e1->WindCnt; break;
- case pftNegative: e1Wc = -e1->WindCnt; break;
- default: e1Wc = Abs(e1->WindCnt);
- }
- switch(e2FillType)
- {
- case pftPositive: e2Wc = e2->WindCnt; break;
- case pftNegative: e2Wc = -e2->WindCnt; break;
- default: e2Wc = Abs(e2->WindCnt);
- }
-
- if ( e1Contributing && e2Contributing )
- {
- if ( e1stops || e2stops ||
- (e1Wc != 0 && e1Wc != 1) || (e2Wc != 0 && e2Wc != 1) ||
- (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp && m_ClipType != ctXor) )
- AddLocalMaxPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- else
- {
- AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
- AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
- SwapSides( *e1 , *e2 );
- SwapPolyIndexes( *e1 , *e2 );
- }
- }
- else if ( e1Contributing )
- {
- if (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1)
- {
- AddOutPt(e1, Pt);
- SwapSides(*e1, *e2);
- SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2);
- }
- }
- else if ( e2Contributing )
- {
- if (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1)
- {
- AddOutPt(e2, Pt);
- SwapSides(*e1, *e2);
- SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2);
- }
- }
- else if ( (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) &&
- (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1) && !e1stops && !e2stops )
- {
- //neither edge is currently contributing ...
-
- cInt e1Wc2, e2Wc2;
- switch (e1FillType2)
- {
- case pftPositive: e1Wc2 = e1->WindCnt2; break;
- case pftNegative : e1Wc2 = -e1->WindCnt2; break;
- default: e1Wc2 = Abs(e1->WindCnt2);
- }
- switch (e2FillType2)
- {
- case pftPositive: e2Wc2 = e2->WindCnt2; break;
- case pftNegative: e2Wc2 = -e2->WindCnt2; break;
- default: e2Wc2 = Abs(e2->WindCnt2);
- }
-
- if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp)
- AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- else if (e1Wc == 1 && e2Wc == 1)
- switch( m_ClipType ) {
- case ctIntersection:
- if (e1Wc2 > 0 && e2Wc2 > 0)
- AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- break;
- case ctUnion:
- if ( e1Wc2 <= 0 && e2Wc2 <= 0 )
- AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- break;
- case ctDifference:
- if (((e1->PolyTyp == ptClip) && (e1Wc2 > 0) && (e2Wc2 > 0)) ||
- ((e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) && (e1Wc2 <= 0) && (e2Wc2 <= 0)))
- AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- break;
- case ctXor:
- AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt);
- }
- else
- SwapSides( *e1, *e2 );
- }
-
- if( (e1stops != e2stops) &&
- ( (e1stops && (e1->OutIdx >= 0)) || (e2stops && (e2->OutIdx >= 0)) ) )
- {
- SwapSides( *e1, *e2 );
- SwapPolyIndexes( *e1, *e2 );
- }
-
- //finally, delete any non-contributing maxima edges ...
- if( e1stops ) DeleteFromAEL( e1 );
- if( e2stops ) DeleteFromAEL( e2 );
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec)
-{
- bool IsHole = false;
- TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL;
- while (e2)
- {
- if (e2->OutIdx >= 0 && e2->WindDelta != 0)
- {
- IsHole = !IsHole;
- if (! outrec->FirstLeft)
- outrec->FirstLeft = m_PolyOuts[e2->OutIdx];
- }
- e2 = e2->PrevInAEL;
- }
- if (IsHole) outrec->IsHole = true;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutRec* GetLowermostRec(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2)
-{
- //work out which polygon fragment has the correct hole state ...
- if (!outRec1->BottomPt)
- outRec1->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec1->Pts);
- if (!outRec2->BottomPt)
- outRec2->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec2->Pts);
- OutPt *OutPt1 = outRec1->BottomPt;
- OutPt *OutPt2 = outRec2->BottomPt;
- if (OutPt1->Pt.Y > OutPt2->Pt.Y) return outRec1;
- else if (OutPt1->Pt.Y < OutPt2->Pt.Y) return outRec2;
- else if (OutPt1->Pt.X < OutPt2->Pt.X) return outRec1;
- else if (OutPt1->Pt.X > OutPt2->Pt.X) return outRec2;
- else if (OutPt1->Next == OutPt1) return outRec2;
- else if (OutPt2->Next == OutPt2) return outRec1;
- else if (FirstIsBottomPt(OutPt1, OutPt2)) return outRec1;
- else return outRec2;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Param1RightOfParam2(OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2)
-{
- do
- {
- outRec1 = outRec1->FirstLeft;
- if (outRec1 == outRec2) return true;
- } while (outRec1);
- return false;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutRec* Clipper::GetOutRec(int Idx)
-{
- OutRec* outrec = m_PolyOuts[Idx];
- while (outrec != m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx])
- outrec = m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx];
- return outrec;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2)
-{
- //get the start and ends of both output polygons ...
- OutRec *outRec1 = m_PolyOuts[e1->OutIdx];
- OutRec *outRec2 = m_PolyOuts[e2->OutIdx];
-
- OutRec *holeStateRec;
- if (Param1RightOfParam2(outRec1, outRec2))
- holeStateRec = outRec2;
- else if (Param1RightOfParam2(outRec2, outRec1))
- holeStateRec = outRec1;
- else
- holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2);
-
- //get the start and ends of both output polygons and
- //join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ...
-
- OutPt* p1_lft = outRec1->Pts;
- OutPt* p1_rt = p1_lft->Prev;
- OutPt* p2_lft = outRec2->Pts;
- OutPt* p2_rt = p2_lft->Prev;
-
- EdgeSide Side;
- //join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ...
- if( e1->Side == esLeft )
- {
- if( e2->Side == esLeft )
- {
- //z y x a b c
- ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft);
- p2_lft->Next = p1_lft;
- p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft;
- p1_rt->Next = p2_rt;
- p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt;
- outRec1->Pts = p2_rt;
- } else
- {
- //x y z a b c
- p2_rt->Next = p1_lft;
- p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt;
- p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt;
- p1_rt->Next = p2_lft;
- outRec1->Pts = p2_lft;
- }
- Side = esLeft;
- } else
- {
- if( e2->Side == esRight )
- {
- //a b c z y x
- ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft);
- p1_rt->Next = p2_rt;
- p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt;
- p2_lft->Next = p1_lft;
- p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft;
- } else
- {
- //a b c x y z
- p1_rt->Next = p2_lft;
- p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt;
- p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt;
- p2_rt->Next = p1_lft;
- }
- Side = esRight;
- }
-
- outRec1->BottomPt = 0;
- if (holeStateRec == outRec2)
- {
- if (outRec2->FirstLeft != outRec1)
- outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft;
- outRec1->IsHole = outRec2->IsHole;
- }
- outRec2->Pts = 0;
- outRec2->BottomPt = 0;
- outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1;
-
- int OKIdx = e1->OutIdx;
- int ObsoleteIdx = e2->OutIdx;
-
- e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; //nb: safe because we only get here via AddLocalMaxPoly
- e2->OutIdx = Unassigned;
-
- TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
- while( e )
- {
- if( e->OutIdx == ObsoleteIdx )
- {
- e->OutIdx = OKIdx;
- e->Side = Side;
- break;
- }
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
-
- outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutRec* Clipper::CreateOutRec()
-{
- OutRec* result = new OutRec;
- result->IsHole = false;
- result->IsOpen = false;
- result->FirstLeft = 0;
- result->Pts = 0;
- result->BottomPt = 0;
- result->PolyNd = 0;
- m_PolyOuts.push_back(result);
- result->Idx = (int)m_PolyOuts.size()-1;
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutPt* Clipper::AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt)
-{
- bool ToFront = (e->Side == esLeft);
- if( e->OutIdx < 0 )
- {
- OutRec *outRec = CreateOutRec();
- outRec->IsOpen = (e->WindDelta == 0);
- OutPt* newOp = new OutPt;
- outRec->Pts = newOp;
- newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx;
- newOp->Pt = pt;
- newOp->Next = newOp;
- newOp->Prev = newOp;
- if (!outRec->IsOpen)
- SetHoleState(e, outRec);
-#ifdef use_xyz
- if (pt == e->Bot) newOp->Pt = e->Bot;
- else if (pt == e->Top) newOp->Pt = e->Top;
- else SetZ(newOp->Pt, *e);
-#endif
- e->OutIdx = outRec->Idx; //nb: do this after SetZ !
- return newOp;
- } else
- {
- OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx];
- //OutRec.Pts is the 'Left-most' point & OutRec.Pts.Prev is the 'Right-most'
- OutPt* op = outRec->Pts;
-
- if (ToFront && (pt == op->Pt)) return op;
- else if (!ToFront && (pt == op->Prev->Pt)) return op->Prev;
-
- OutPt* newOp = new OutPt;
- newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx;
- newOp->Pt = pt;
- newOp->Next = op;
- newOp->Prev = op->Prev;
- newOp->Prev->Next = newOp;
- op->Prev = newOp;
- if (ToFront) outRec->Pts = newOp;
-#ifdef use_xyz
- if (pt == e->Bot) newOp->Pt = e->Bot;
- else if (pt == e->Top) newOp->Pt = e->Top;
- else SetZ(newOp->Pt, *e);
-#endif
- return newOp;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::ProcessHorizontals(bool IsTopOfScanbeam)
-{
- TEdge* horzEdge = m_SortedEdges;
- while(horzEdge)
- {
- DeleteFromSEL(horzEdge);
- ProcessHorizontal(horzEdge, IsTopOfScanbeam);
- horzEdge = m_SortedEdges;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool IsMinima(TEdge *e)
-{
- return e && (e->Prev->NextInLML != e) && (e->Next->NextInLML != e);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool IsMaxima(TEdge *e, const cInt Y)
-{
- return e && e->Top.Y == Y && !e->NextInLML;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool IsIntermediate(TEdge *e, const cInt Y)
-{
- return e->Top.Y == Y && e->NextInLML;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEdge *GetMaximaPair(TEdge *e)
-{
- TEdge* result = 0;
- if ((e->Next->Top == e->Top) && !e->Next->NextInLML)
- result = e->Next;
- else if ((e->Prev->Top == e->Top) && !e->Prev->NextInLML)
- result = e->Prev;
-
- if (result && (result->OutIdx == Skip ||
- //result is false if both NextInAEL & PrevInAEL are nil & not horizontal ...
- (result->NextInAEL == result->PrevInAEL && !IsHorizontal(*result))))
- return 0;
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2)
-{
- //check that one or other edge hasn't already been removed from AEL ...
- if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge1->PrevInAEL ||
- Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge2->PrevInAEL) return;
-
- if( Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge2 )
- {
- TEdge* Next = Edge2->NextInAEL;
- if( Next ) Next->PrevInAEL = Edge1;
- TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL;
- if( Prev ) Prev->NextInAEL = Edge2;
- Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev;
- Edge2->NextInAEL = Edge1;
- Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2;
- Edge1->NextInAEL = Next;
- }
- else if( Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge1 )
- {
- TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInAEL;
- if( Next ) Next->PrevInAEL = Edge2;
- TEdge* Prev = Edge2->PrevInAEL;
- if( Prev ) Prev->NextInAEL = Edge1;
- Edge1->PrevInAEL = Prev;
- Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2;
- Edge2->PrevInAEL = Edge1;
- Edge2->NextInAEL = Next;
- }
- else
- {
- TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInAEL;
- TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL;
- Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2->NextInAEL;
- if( Edge1->NextInAEL ) Edge1->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge1;
- Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2->PrevInAEL;
- if( Edge1->PrevInAEL ) Edge1->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge1;
- Edge2->NextInAEL = Next;
- if( Edge2->NextInAEL ) Edge2->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge2;
- Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev;
- if( Edge2->PrevInAEL ) Edge2->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge2;
- }
-
- if( !Edge1->PrevInAEL ) m_ActiveEdges = Edge1;
- else if( !Edge2->PrevInAEL ) m_ActiveEdges = Edge2;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2)
-{
- if( !( Edge1->NextInSEL ) && !( Edge1->PrevInSEL ) ) return;
- if( !( Edge2->NextInSEL ) && !( Edge2->PrevInSEL ) ) return;
-
- if( Edge1->NextInSEL == Edge2 )
- {
- TEdge* Next = Edge2->NextInSEL;
- if( Next ) Next->PrevInSEL = Edge1;
- TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL;
- if( Prev ) Prev->NextInSEL = Edge2;
- Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev;
- Edge2->NextInSEL = Edge1;
- Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2;
- Edge1->NextInSEL = Next;
- }
- else if( Edge2->NextInSEL == Edge1 )
- {
- TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInSEL;
- if( Next ) Next->PrevInSEL = Edge2;
- TEdge* Prev = Edge2->PrevInSEL;
- if( Prev ) Prev->NextInSEL = Edge1;
- Edge1->PrevInSEL = Prev;
- Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2;
- Edge2->PrevInSEL = Edge1;
- Edge2->NextInSEL = Next;
- }
- else
- {
- TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInSEL;
- TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL;
- Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2->NextInSEL;
- if( Edge1->NextInSEL ) Edge1->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge1;
- Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2->PrevInSEL;
- if( Edge1->PrevInSEL ) Edge1->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge1;
- Edge2->NextInSEL = Next;
- if( Edge2->NextInSEL ) Edge2->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge2;
- Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev;
- if( Edge2->PrevInSEL ) Edge2->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge2;
- }
-
- if( !Edge1->PrevInSEL ) m_SortedEdges = Edge1;
- else if( !Edge2->PrevInSEL ) m_SortedEdges = Edge2;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-TEdge* GetNextInAEL(TEdge *e, Direction dir)
-{
- return dir == dLeftToRight ? e->NextInAEL : e->PrevInAEL;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void GetHorzDirection(TEdge& HorzEdge, Direction& Dir, cInt& Left, cInt& Right)
-{
- if (HorzEdge.Bot.X < HorzEdge.Top.X)
- {
- Left = HorzEdge.Bot.X;
- Right = HorzEdge.Top.X;
- Dir = dLeftToRight;
- } else
- {
- Left = HorzEdge.Top.X;
- Right = HorzEdge.Bot.X;
- Dir = dRightToLeft;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::PrepareHorzJoins(TEdge* horzEdge, bool isTopOfScanbeam)
-{
- //get the last Op for this horizontal edge
- //the point may be anywhere along the horizontal ...
- OutPt* outPt = m_PolyOuts[horzEdge->OutIdx]->Pts;
- if (horzEdge->Side != esLeft) outPt = outPt->Prev;
-
- //First, match up overlapping horizontal edges (eg when one polygon's
- //intermediate horz edge overlaps an intermediate horz edge of another, or
- //when one polygon sits on top of another) ...
- //for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); ++i)
- //{
- // Join* j = m_GhostJoins[i];
- // if (HorzSegmentsOverlap(j->OutPt1->Pt, j->OffPt, horzEdge->Bot, horzEdge->Top))
- // AddJoin(j->OutPt1, outPt, j->OffPt);
- //}
-
- //Also, since horizontal edges at the top of one SB are often removed from
- //the AEL before we process the horizontal edges at the bottom of the next,
- //we need to create 'ghost' Join records of 'contrubuting' horizontals that
- //we can compare with horizontals at the bottom of the next SB.
- if (isTopOfScanbeam)
- {
- if (outPt->Pt == horzEdge->Top)
- AddGhostJoin(outPt, horzEdge->Bot);
- else
- AddGhostJoin(outPt, horzEdge->Top);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-/*******************************************************************************
-* Notes: Horizontal edges (HEs) at scanline intersections (ie at the Top or *
-* Bottom of a scanbeam) are processed as if layered. The order in which HEs *
-* are processed doesn't matter. HEs intersect with other HE Bot.Xs only [#] *
-* (or they could intersect with Top.Xs only, ie EITHER Bot.Xs OR Top.Xs), *
-* and with other non-horizontal edges [*]. Once these intersections are *
-* processed, intermediate HEs then 'promote' the Edge above (NextInLML) into *
-* the AEL. These 'promoted' edges may in turn intersect [%] with other HEs. *
-*******************************************************************************/
-
-void Clipper::ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge, bool isTopOfScanbeam)
-{
- Direction dir;
- cInt horzLeft, horzRight;
-
- GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight);
-
- TEdge* eLastHorz = horzEdge, *eMaxPair = 0;
- while (eLastHorz->NextInLML && IsHorizontal(*eLastHorz->NextInLML))
- eLastHorz = eLastHorz->NextInLML;
- if (!eLastHorz->NextInLML)
- eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(eLastHorz);
-
- for (;;)
- {
- bool IsLastHorz = (horzEdge == eLastHorz);
- TEdge* e = GetNextInAEL(horzEdge, dir);
- while(e)
- {
- //Break if we've got to the end of an intermediate horizontal edge ...
- //nb: Smaller Dx's are to the right of larger Dx's ABOVE the horizontal.
- if (e->Curr.X == horzEdge->Top.X && horzEdge->NextInLML &&
- e->Dx < horzEdge->NextInLML->Dx) break;
-
- TEdge* eNext = GetNextInAEL(e, dir); //saves eNext for later
-
- if ((dir == dLeftToRight && e->Curr.X <= horzRight) ||
- (dir == dRightToLeft && e->Curr.X >= horzLeft))
- {
- if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && horzEdge->WindDelta != 0)
- PrepareHorzJoins(horzEdge, isTopOfScanbeam);
- //so far we're still in range of the horizontal Edge but make sure
- //we're at the last of consec. horizontals when matching with eMaxPair
- if(e == eMaxPair && IsLastHorz)
- {
- if (dir == dLeftToRight)
- IntersectEdges(horzEdge, e, e->Top);
- else
- IntersectEdges(e, horzEdge, e->Top);
- if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0) throw clipperException("ProcessHorizontal error");
- return;
- }
- else if(dir == dLeftToRight)
- {
- IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y);
- IntersectEdges(horzEdge, e, Pt, true);
- }
- else
- {
- IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y);
- IntersectEdges( e, horzEdge, Pt, true);
- }
- SwapPositionsInAEL( horzEdge, e );
- }
- else if( (dir == dLeftToRight && e->Curr.X >= horzRight) ||
- (dir == dRightToLeft && e->Curr.X <= horzLeft) ) break;
- e = eNext;
- } //end while
-
- if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && horzEdge->WindDelta != 0)
- PrepareHorzJoins(horzEdge, isTopOfScanbeam);
-
- if (horzEdge->NextInLML && IsHorizontal(*horzEdge->NextInLML))
- {
- UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge);
- if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Bot);
- GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight);
- } else
- break;
- } //end for (;;)
-
- if(horzEdge->NextInLML)
- {
- if(horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0)
- {
- OutPt* op1 = AddOutPt( horzEdge, horzEdge->Top);
- UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge);
- if (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0) return;
- //nb: HorzEdge is no longer horizontal here
- TEdge* ePrev = horzEdge->PrevInAEL;
- TEdge* eNext = horzEdge->NextInAEL;
- if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X &&
- ePrev->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && ePrev->WindDelta != 0 &&
- (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y &&
- SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *ePrev, m_UseFullRange)))
- {
- OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, horzEdge->Bot);
- AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top);
- }
- else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X &&
- eNext->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && eNext->WindDelta != 0 &&
- eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y &&
- SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *eNext, m_UseFullRange))
- {
- OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, horzEdge->Bot);
- AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top);
- }
- }
- else
- UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge);
- }
- else if (eMaxPair)
- {
- if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0)
- {
- if (dir == dLeftToRight)
- IntersectEdges(horzEdge, eMaxPair, horzEdge->Top);
- else
- IntersectEdges(eMaxPair, horzEdge, horzEdge->Top);
- if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0)
- throw clipperException("ProcessHorizontal error");
- } else
- {
- DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge);
- DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
- }
- } else
- {
- if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top);
- DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e)
-{
- if( !e->NextInLML ) throw
- clipperException("UpdateEdgeIntoAEL: invalid call");
-
- e->NextInLML->OutIdx = e->OutIdx;
- TEdge* AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL;
- TEdge* AelNext = e->NextInAEL;
- if (AelPrev) AelPrev->NextInAEL = e->NextInLML;
- else m_ActiveEdges = e->NextInLML;
- if (AelNext) AelNext->PrevInAEL = e->NextInLML;
- e->NextInLML->Side = e->Side;
- e->NextInLML->WindDelta = e->WindDelta;
- e->NextInLML->WindCnt = e->WindCnt;
- e->NextInLML->WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2;
- e = e->NextInLML;
- e->Curr = e->Bot;
- e->PrevInAEL = AelPrev;
- e->NextInAEL = AelNext;
- if (!IsHorizontal(*e)) InsertScanbeam(e->Top.Y);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::ProcessIntersections(const cInt botY, const cInt topY)
-{
- if( !m_ActiveEdges ) return true;
- try {
- BuildIntersectList(botY, topY);
- size_t IlSize = m_IntersectList.size();
- if (IlSize == 0) return true;
- if (IlSize == 1 || FixupIntersectionOrder()) ProcessIntersectList();
- else return false;
- }
- catch(...)
- {
- m_SortedEdges = 0;
- DisposeIntersectNodes();
- throw clipperException("ProcessIntersections error");
- }
- m_SortedEdges = 0;
- return true;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DisposeIntersectNodes()
-{
- for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i )
- delete m_IntersectList[i];
- m_IntersectList.clear();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::BuildIntersectList(const cInt botY, const cInt topY)
-{
- if ( !m_ActiveEdges ) return;
-
- //prepare for sorting ...
- TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
- m_SortedEdges = e;
- while( e )
- {
- e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL;
- e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL;
- e->Curr.X = TopX( *e, topY );
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
-
- //bubblesort ...
- bool isModified;
- do
- {
- isModified = false;
- e = m_SortedEdges;
- while( e->NextInSEL )
- {
- TEdge *eNext = e->NextInSEL;
- IntPoint Pt;
- if(e->Curr.X > eNext->Curr.X)
- {
- if (!IntersectPoint(*e, *eNext, Pt, m_UseFullRange) && e->Curr.X > eNext->Curr.X +1)
- throw clipperException("Intersection error");
- if (Pt.Y > botY)
- {
- Pt.Y = botY;
- if (std::fabs(e->Dx) > std::fabs(eNext->Dx))
- Pt.X = TopX(*eNext, botY); else
- Pt.X = TopX(*e, botY);
- }
-
- IntersectNode * newNode = new IntersectNode;
- newNode->Edge1 = e;
- newNode->Edge2 = eNext;
- newNode->Pt = Pt;
- m_IntersectList.push_back(newNode);
-
- SwapPositionsInSEL(e, eNext);
- isModified = true;
- }
- else
- e = eNext;
- }
- if( e->PrevInSEL ) e->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = 0;
- else break;
- }
- while ( isModified );
- m_SortedEdges = 0; //important
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-void Clipper::ProcessIntersectList()
-{
- for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i)
- {
- IntersectNode* iNode = m_IntersectList[i];
- {
- IntersectEdges( iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2, iNode->Pt, true);
- SwapPositionsInAEL( iNode->Edge1 , iNode->Edge2 );
- }
- delete iNode;
- }
- m_IntersectList.clear();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool IntersectListSort(IntersectNode* node1, IntersectNode* node2)
-{
- return node2->Pt.Y < node1->Pt.Y;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool EdgesAdjacent(const IntersectNode &inode)
-{
- return (inode.Edge1->NextInSEL == inode.Edge2) ||
- (inode.Edge1->PrevInSEL == inode.Edge2);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::FixupIntersectionOrder()
-{
- //pre-condition: intersections are sorted Bottom-most first.
- //Now it's crucial that intersections are made only between adjacent edges,
- //so to ensure this the order of intersections may need adjusting ...
- CopyAELToSEL();
- std::sort(m_IntersectList.begin(), m_IntersectList.end(), IntersectListSort);
- size_t cnt = m_IntersectList.size();
- for (size_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i)
- {
- if (!EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[i]))
- {
- size_t j = i + 1;
- while (j < cnt && !EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[j])) j++;
- if (j == cnt) return false;
- std::swap(m_IntersectList[i], m_IntersectList[j]);
- }
- SwapPositionsInSEL(m_IntersectList[i]->Edge1, m_IntersectList[i]->Edge2);
- }
- return true;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DoMaxima(TEdge *e)
-{
- TEdge* eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(e);
- if (!eMaxPair)
- {
- if (e->OutIdx >= 0)
- AddOutPt(e, e->Top);
- DeleteFromAEL(e);
- return;
- }
-
- TEdge* eNext = e->NextInAEL;
- while(eNext && eNext != eMaxPair)
- {
- IntersectEdges(e, eNext, e->Top, true);
- SwapPositionsInAEL(e, eNext);
- eNext = e->NextInAEL;
- }
-
- if(e->OutIdx == Unassigned && eMaxPair->OutIdx == Unassigned)
- {
- DeleteFromAEL(e);
- DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
- }
- else if( e->OutIdx >= 0 && eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0 )
- {
- IntersectEdges( e, eMaxPair, e->Top);
- }
-#ifdef use_lines
- else if (e->WindDelta == 0)
- {
- if (e->OutIdx >= 0)
- {
- AddOutPt(e, e->Top);
- e->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- DeleteFromAEL(e);
-
- if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0)
- {
- AddOutPt(eMaxPair, e->Top);
- eMaxPair->OutIdx = Unassigned;
- }
- DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair);
- }
-#endif
- else throw clipperException("DoMaxima error");
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY)
-{
- TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges;
- while( e )
- {
- //1. process maxima, treating them as if they're 'bent' horizontal edges,
- // but exclude maxima with horizontal edges. nb: e can't be a horizontal.
- bool IsMaximaEdge = IsMaxima(e, topY);
-
- if(IsMaximaEdge)
- {
- TEdge* eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(e);
- IsMaximaEdge = (!eMaxPair || !IsHorizontal(*eMaxPair));
- }
-
- if(IsMaximaEdge)
- {
- TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL;
- DoMaxima(e);
- if( !ePrev ) e = m_ActiveEdges;
- else e = ePrev->NextInAEL;
- }
- else
- {
- //2. promote horizontal edges, otherwise update Curr.X and Curr.Y ...
- if (IsIntermediate(e, topY) && IsHorizontal(*e->NextInLML))
- {
- UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e);
- if (e->OutIdx >= 0)
- AddOutPt(e, e->Bot);
- AddEdgeToSEL(e);
- }
- else
- {
- e->Curr.X = TopX( *e, topY );
- e->Curr.Y = topY;
- }
-
- if (m_StrictSimple)
- {
- TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL;
- if ((e->OutIdx >= 0) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && ePrev && (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0) &&
- (ePrev->Curr.X == e->Curr.X) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- OutPt* op = AddOutPt(ePrev, e->Curr);
- OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(e, e->Curr);
- AddJoin(op, op2, e->Curr); //StrictlySimple (type-3) join
- }
- }
-
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
- }
-
- //3. Process horizontals at the Top of the scanbeam ...
- ProcessHorizontals(true);
-
- //4. Promote intermediate vertices ...
- e = m_ActiveEdges;
- while(e)
- {
- if(IsIntermediate(e, topY))
- {
- OutPt* op = 0;
- if( e->OutIdx >= 0 )
- op = AddOutPt(e, e->Top);
- UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e);
-
- //if output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ...
- TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL;
- TEdge* eNext = e->NextInAEL;
- if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == e->Bot.X &&
- ePrev->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op &&
- ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y &&
- SlopesEqual(*e, *ePrev, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (e->WindDelta != 0) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, e->Bot);
- AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top);
- }
- else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == e->Bot.X &&
- eNext->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op &&
- eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y &&
- SlopesEqual(*e, *eNext, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (e->WindDelta != 0) && (eNext->WindDelta != 0))
- {
- OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, e->Bot);
- AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top);
- }
- }
- e = e->NextInAEL;
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec)
-{
- //FixupOutPolygon() - removes duplicate points and simplifies consecutive
- //parallel edges by removing the middle vertex.
- OutPt *lastOK = 0;
- outrec.BottomPt = 0;
- OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts;
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (pp->Prev == pp || pp->Prev == pp->Next )
- {
- DisposeOutPts(pp);
- outrec.Pts = 0;
- return;
- }
-
- //test for duplicate points and collinear edges ...
- if ((pp->Pt == pp->Next->Pt) || (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) ||
- (SlopesEqual(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt, m_UseFullRange) &&
- (!m_PreserveCollinear ||
- !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt))))
- {
- lastOK = 0;
- OutPt *tmp = pp;
- pp->Prev->Next = pp->Next;
- pp->Next->Prev = pp->Prev;
- pp = pp->Prev;
- delete tmp;
- }
- else if (pp == lastOK) break;
- else
- {
- if (!lastOK) lastOK = pp;
- pp = pp->Next;
- }
- }
- outrec.Pts = pp;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-int PointCount(OutPt *Pts)
-{
- if (!Pts) return 0;
- int result = 0;
- OutPt* p = Pts;
- do
- {
- result++;
- p = p->Next;
- }
- while (p != Pts);
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::BuildResult(Paths &polys)
-{
- polys.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size());
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
- {
- if (!m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts) continue;
- Path pg;
- OutPt* p = m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts->Prev;
- int cnt = PointCount(p);
- if (cnt < 2) continue;
- pg.reserve(cnt);
- for (int j = 0; j < cnt; ++j)
- {
- pg.push_back(p->Pt);
- p = p->Prev;
- }
- polys.push_back(pg);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::BuildResult2(PolyTree& polytree)
-{
- polytree.Clear();
- polytree.AllNodes.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size());
- //add each output polygon/contour to polytree ...
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++)
- {
- OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
- int cnt = PointCount(outRec->Pts);
- if ((outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 2) || (!outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 3)) continue;
- FixHoleLinkage(*outRec);
- PolyNode* pn = new PolyNode();
- //nb: polytree takes ownership of all the PolyNodes
- polytree.AllNodes.push_back(pn);
- outRec->PolyNd = pn;
- pn->Parent = 0;
- pn->Index = 0;
- pn->Contour.reserve(cnt);
- OutPt *op = outRec->Pts->Prev;
- for (int j = 0; j < cnt; j++)
- {
- pn->Contour.push_back(op->Pt);
- op = op->Prev;
- }
- }
-
- //fixup PolyNode links etc ...
- polytree.Childs.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size());
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++)
- {
- OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
- if (!outRec->PolyNd) continue;
- if (outRec->IsOpen)
- {
- outRec->PolyNd->m_IsOpen = true;
- polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd);
- }
- else if (outRec->FirstLeft && outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd)
- outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd->AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd);
- else
- polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void SwapIntersectNodes(IntersectNode &int1, IntersectNode &int2)
-{
- //just swap the contents (because fIntersectNodes is a single-linked-list)
- IntersectNode inode = int1; //gets a copy of Int1
- int1.Edge1 = int2.Edge1;
- int1.Edge2 = int2.Edge2;
- int1.Pt = int2.Pt;
- int2.Edge1 = inode.Edge1;
- int2.Edge2 = inode.Edge2;
- int2.Pt = inode.Pt;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline bool E2InsertsBeforeE1(TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2)
-{
- if (e2.Curr.X == e1.Curr.X)
- {
- if (e2.Top.Y > e1.Top.Y)
- return e2.Top.X < TopX(e1, e2.Top.Y);
- else return e1.Top.X > TopX(e2, e1.Top.Y);
- }
- else return e2.Curr.X < e1.Curr.X;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool GetOverlap(const cInt a1, const cInt a2, const cInt b1, const cInt b2,
- cInt& Left, cInt& Right)
-{
- if (a1 < a2)
- {
- if (b1 < b2) {Left = std::max(a1,b1); Right = std::min(a2,b2);}
- else {Left = std::max(a1,b2); Right = std::min(a2,b1);}
- }
- else
- {
- if (b1 < b2) {Left = std::max(a2,b1); Right = std::min(a1,b2);}
- else {Left = std::max(a2,b2); Right = std::min(a1,b1);}
- }
- return Left < Right;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline void UpdateOutPtIdxs(OutRec& outrec)
-{
- OutPt* op = outrec.Pts;
- do
- {
- op->Idx = outrec.Idx;
- op = op->Prev;
- }
- while(op != outrec.Pts);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge* startEdge)
-{
- if(!m_ActiveEdges)
- {
- edge->PrevInAEL = 0;
- edge->NextInAEL = 0;
- m_ActiveEdges = edge;
- }
- else if(!startEdge && E2InsertsBeforeE1(*m_ActiveEdges, *edge))
- {
- edge->PrevInAEL = 0;
- edge->NextInAEL = m_ActiveEdges;
- m_ActiveEdges->PrevInAEL = edge;
- m_ActiveEdges = edge;
- }
- else
- {
- if(!startEdge) startEdge = m_ActiveEdges;
- while(startEdge->NextInAEL &&
- !E2InsertsBeforeE1(*startEdge->NextInAEL , *edge))
- startEdge = startEdge->NextInAEL;
- edge->NextInAEL = startEdge->NextInAEL;
- if(startEdge->NextInAEL) startEdge->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = edge;
- edge->PrevInAEL = startEdge;
- startEdge->NextInAEL = edge;
- }
-}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutPt* DupOutPt(OutPt* outPt, bool InsertAfter)
-{
- OutPt* result = new OutPt;
- result->Pt = outPt->Pt;
- result->Idx = outPt->Idx;
- if (InsertAfter)
- {
- result->Next = outPt->Next;
- result->Prev = outPt;
- outPt->Next->Prev = result;
- outPt->Next = result;
- }
- else
- {
- result->Prev = outPt->Prev;
- result->Next = outPt;
- outPt->Prev->Next = result;
- outPt->Prev = result;
- }
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool JoinHorz(OutPt* op1, OutPt* op1b, OutPt* op2, OutPt* op2b,
- const IntPoint Pt, bool DiscardLeft)
-{
- Direction Dir1 = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight);
- Direction Dir2 = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight);
- if (Dir1 == Dir2) return false;
-
- //When DiscardLeft, we want Op1b to be on the Left of Op1, otherwise we
- //want Op1b to be on the Right. (And likewise with Op2 and Op2b.)
- //So, to facilitate this while inserting Op1b and Op2b ...
- //when DiscardLeft, make sure we're AT or RIGHT of Pt before adding Op1b,
- //otherwise make sure we're AT or LEFT of Pt. (Likewise with Op2b.)
- if (Dir1 == dLeftToRight)
- {
- while (op1->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X &&
- op1->Next->Pt.X >= op1->Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y)
- op1 = op1->Next;
- if (DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op1 = op1->Next;
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft);
- if (op1b->Pt != Pt)
- {
- op1 = op1b;
- op1->Pt = Pt;
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- while (op1->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X &&
- op1->Next->Pt.X <= op1->Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y)
- op1 = op1->Next;
- if (!DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op1 = op1->Next;
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft);
- if (op1b->Pt != Pt)
- {
- op1 = op1b;
- op1->Pt = Pt;
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft);
- }
- }
-
- if (Dir2 == dLeftToRight)
- {
- while (op2->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X &&
- op2->Next->Pt.X >= op2->Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y)
- op2 = op2->Next;
- if (DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op2 = op2->Next;
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft);
- if (op2b->Pt != Pt)
- {
- op2 = op2b;
- op2->Pt = Pt;
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft);
- };
- } else
- {
- while (op2->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X &&
- op2->Next->Pt.X <= op2->Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y)
- op2 = op2->Next;
- if (!DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op2 = op2->Next;
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft);
- if (op2b->Pt != Pt)
- {
- op2 = op2b;
- op2->Pt = Pt;
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft);
- };
- };
-
- if ((Dir1 == dLeftToRight) == DiscardLeft)
- {
- op1->Prev = op2;
- op2->Next = op1;
- op1b->Next = op2b;
- op2b->Prev = op1b;
- }
- else
- {
- op1->Next = op2;
- op2->Prev = op1;
- op1b->Prev = op2b;
- op2b->Next = op1b;
- }
- return true;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool Clipper::JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2)
-{
- OutPt *op1 = j->OutPt1, *op1b;
- OutPt *op2 = j->OutPt2, *op2b;
-
- //There are 3 kinds of joins for output polygons ...
- //1. Horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are a vertices anywhere
- //along (horizontal) collinear edges (& Join.OffPt is on the same horizontal).
- //2. Non-horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are at the same
- //location at the Bottom of the overlapping segment (& Join.OffPt is above).
- //3. StrictSimple joins where edges touch but are not collinear and where
- //Join.OutPt1, Join.OutPt2 & Join.OffPt all share the same point.
- bool isHorizontal = (j->OutPt1->Pt.Y == j->OffPt.Y);
-
- if (isHorizontal && (j->OffPt == j->OutPt1->Pt) &&
- (j->OffPt == j->OutPt2->Pt))
- {
- //Strictly Simple join ...
- op1b = j->OutPt1->Next;
- while (op1b != op1 && (op1b->Pt == j->OffPt))
- op1b = op1b->Next;
- bool reverse1 = (op1b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y);
- op2b = j->OutPt2->Next;
- while (op2b != op2 && (op2b->Pt == j->OffPt))
- op2b = op2b->Next;
- bool reverse2 = (op2b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y);
- if (reverse1 == reverse2) return false;
- if (reverse1)
- {
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false);
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true);
- op1->Prev = op2;
- op2->Next = op1;
- op1b->Next = op2b;
- op2b->Prev = op1b;
- j->OutPt1 = op1;
- j->OutPt2 = op1b;
- return true;
- } else
- {
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true);
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false);
- op1->Next = op2;
- op2->Prev = op1;
- op1b->Prev = op2b;
- op2b->Next = op1b;
- j->OutPt1 = op1;
- j->OutPt2 = op1b;
- return true;
- }
- }
- else if (isHorizontal)
- {
- //treat horizontal joins differently to non-horizontal joins since with
- //them we're not yet sure where the overlapping is. OutPt1.Pt & OutPt2.Pt
- //may be anywhere along the horizontal edge.
- op1b = op1;
- while (op1->Prev->Pt.Y == op1->Pt.Y && op1->Prev != op1b && op1->Prev != op2)
- op1 = op1->Prev;
- while (op1b->Next->Pt.Y == op1b->Pt.Y && op1b->Next != op1 && op1b->Next != op2)
- op1b = op1b->Next;
- if (op1b->Next == op1 || op1b->Next == op2) return false; //a flat 'polygon'
-
- op2b = op2;
- while (op2->Prev->Pt.Y == op2->Pt.Y && op2->Prev != op2b && op2->Prev != op1b)
- op2 = op2->Prev;
- while (op2b->Next->Pt.Y == op2b->Pt.Y && op2b->Next != op2 && op2b->Next != op1)
- op2b = op2b->Next;
- if (op2b->Next == op2 || op2b->Next == op1) return false; //a flat 'polygon'
-
- cInt Left, Right;
- //Op1 --> Op1b & Op2 --> Op2b are the extremites of the horizontal edges
- if (!GetOverlap(op1->Pt.X, op1b->Pt.X, op2->Pt.X, op2b->Pt.X, Left, Right))
- return false;
-
- //DiscardLeftSide: when overlapping edges are joined, a spike will created
- //which needs to be cleaned up. However, we don't want Op1 or Op2 caught up
- //on the discard Side as either may still be needed for other joins ...
- IntPoint Pt;
- bool DiscardLeftSide;
- if (op1->Pt.X >= Left && op1->Pt.X <= Right)
- {
- Pt = op1->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X);
- }
- else if (op2->Pt.X >= Left&& op2->Pt.X <= Right)
- {
- Pt = op2->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X);
- }
- else if (op1b->Pt.X >= Left && op1b->Pt.X <= Right)
- {
- Pt = op1b->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = op1b->Pt.X > op1->Pt.X;
- }
- else
- {
- Pt = op2b->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op2b->Pt.X > op2->Pt.X);
- }
- j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op2;
- return JoinHorz(op1, op1b, op2, op2b, Pt, DiscardLeftSide);
- } else
- {
- //nb: For non-horizontal joins ...
- // 1. Jr.OutPt1.Pt.Y == Jr.OutPt2.Pt.Y
- // 2. Jr.OutPt1.Pt > Jr.OffPt.Y
-
- //make sure the polygons are correctly oriented ...
- op1b = op1->Next;
- while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) op1b = op1b->Next;
- bool Reverse1 = ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) ||
- !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange));
- if (Reverse1)
- {
- op1b = op1->Prev;
- while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) op1b = op1b->Prev;
- if ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) ||
- !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) return false;
- };
- op2b = op2->Next;
- while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2))op2b = op2b->Next;
- bool Reverse2 = ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) ||
- !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange));
- if (Reverse2)
- {
- op2b = op2->Prev;
- while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) op2b = op2b->Prev;
- if ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) ||
- !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) return false;
- }
-
- if ((op1b == op1) || (op2b == op2) || (op1b == op2b) ||
- ((outRec1 == outRec2) && (Reverse1 == Reverse2))) return false;
-
- if (Reverse1)
- {
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false);
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true);
- op1->Prev = op2;
- op2->Next = op1;
- op1b->Next = op2b;
- op2b->Prev = op1b;
- j->OutPt1 = op1;
- j->OutPt2 = op1b;
- return true;
- } else
- {
- op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true);
- op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false);
- op1->Next = op2;
- op2->Prev = op1;
- op1b->Prev = op2b;
- op2b->Next = op1b;
- j->OutPt1 = op1;
- j->OutPt2 = op1b;
- return true;
- }
- }
-}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec)
-{
-
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
- {
- OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
- if (outRec->Pts && outRec->FirstLeft == OldOutRec)
- {
- if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, NewOutRec->Pts))
- outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec;
- }
- }
-}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec)
-{
- for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i)
- {
- OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i];
- if (outRec->FirstLeft == OldOutRec) outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec;
- }
-}
-//----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-static OutRec* ParseFirstLeft(OutRec* FirstLeft)
-{
- while (FirstLeft && !FirstLeft->Pts)
- FirstLeft = FirstLeft->FirstLeft;
- return FirstLeft;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::JoinCommonEdges()
-{
- for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++)
- {
- Join* join = m_Joins[i];
-
- OutRec *outRec1 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt1->Idx);
- OutRec *outRec2 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt2->Idx);
-
- if (!outRec1->Pts || !outRec2->Pts) continue;
-
- //get the polygon fragment with the correct hole state (FirstLeft)
- //before calling JoinPoints() ...
- OutRec *holeStateRec;
- if (outRec1 == outRec2) holeStateRec = outRec1;
- else if (Param1RightOfParam2(outRec1, outRec2)) holeStateRec = outRec2;
- else if (Param1RightOfParam2(outRec2, outRec1)) holeStateRec = outRec1;
- else holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2);
-
- if (!JoinPoints(join, outRec1, outRec2)) continue;
-
- if (outRec1 == outRec2)
- {
- //instead of joining two polygons, we've just created a new one by
- //splitting one polygon into two.
- outRec1->Pts = join->OutPt1;
- outRec1->BottomPt = 0;
- outRec2 = CreateOutRec();
- outRec2->Pts = join->OutPt2;
-
- //update all OutRec2.Pts Idx's ...
- UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outRec2);
-
- //We now need to check every OutRec.FirstLeft pointer. If it points
- //to OutRec1 it may need to point to OutRec2 instead ...
- if (m_UsingPolyTree)
- for (PolyOutList::size_type j = 0; j < m_PolyOuts.size() - 1; j++)
- {
- OutRec* oRec = m_PolyOuts[j];
- if (!oRec->Pts || ParseFirstLeft(oRec->FirstLeft) != outRec1 ||
- oRec->IsHole == outRec1->IsHole) continue;
- if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(oRec->Pts, join->OutPt2))
- oRec->FirstLeft = outRec2;
- }
-
- if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec2->Pts, outRec1->Pts))
- {
- //outRec2 is contained by outRec1 ...
- outRec2->IsHole = !outRec1->IsHole;
- outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1;
-
- //fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec1
- if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec2, outRec1);
-
- if ((outRec2->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec2) > 0))
- ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec2->Pts);
-
- } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec1->Pts, outRec2->Pts))
- {
- //outRec1 is contained by outRec2 ...
- outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole;
- outRec1->IsHole = !outRec2->IsHole;
- outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft;
- outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2;
-
- //fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec1
- if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec1, outRec2);
-
- if ((outRec1->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec1) > 0))
- ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec1->Pts);
- }
- else
- {
- //the 2 polygons are completely separate ...
- outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole;
- outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft;
-
- //fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec2
- if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts1(outRec1, outRec2);
- }
-
- } else
- {
- //joined 2 polygons together ...
-
- outRec2->Pts = 0;
- outRec2->BottomPt = 0;
- outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx;
-
- outRec1->IsHole = holeStateRec->IsHole;
- if (holeStateRec == outRec2)
- outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft;
- outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1;
-
- //fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec1
- if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec2, outRec1);
- }
- }
-}
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ClipperOffset support functions ...
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-DoublePoint GetUnitNormal(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2)
-{
- if(pt2.X == pt1.X && pt2.Y == pt1.Y)
- return DoublePoint(0, 0);
-
- double Dx = (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X);
- double dy = (double)(pt2.Y - pt1.Y);
- double f = 1 *1.0/ std::sqrt( Dx*Dx + dy*dy );
- Dx *= f;
- dy *= f;
- return DoublePoint(dy, -Dx);
-}
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// ClipperOffset class
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ClipperOffset::ClipperOffset(double miterLimit, double arcTolerance)
-{
- this->MiterLimit = miterLimit;
- this->ArcTolerance = arcTolerance;
- m_lowest.X = -1;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ClipperOffset::~ClipperOffset()
-{
- Clear();
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::Clear()
-{
- for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i)
- delete m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
- m_polyNodes.Childs.clear();
- m_lowest.X = -1;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::AddPath(const Path& path, JoinType joinType, EndType endType)
-{
- int highI = (int)path.size() - 1;
- if (highI < 0) return;
- PolyNode* newNode = new PolyNode();
- newNode->m_jointype = joinType;
- newNode->m_endtype = endType;
-
- //strip duplicate points from path and also get index to the lowest point ...
- if (endType == etClosedLine || endType == etClosedPolygon)
- while (highI > 0 && path[0] == path[highI]) highI--;
- newNode->Contour.reserve(highI + 1);
- newNode->Contour.push_back(path[0]);
- int j = 0, k = 0;
- for (int i = 1; i <= highI; i++)
- if (newNode->Contour[j] != path[i])
- {
- j++;
- newNode->Contour.push_back(path[i]);
- if (path[i].Y > newNode->Contour[k].Y ||
- (path[i].Y == newNode->Contour[k].Y &&
- path[i].X < newNode->Contour[k].X)) k = j;
- }
- if ((endType == etClosedPolygon && j < 2) ||
- (endType != etClosedPolygon && j < 0))
- {
- delete newNode;
- return;
- }
- m_polyNodes.AddChild(*newNode);
-
- //if this path's lowest pt is lower than all the others then update m_lowest
- if (endType != etClosedPolygon) return;
- if (m_lowest.X < 0)
- m_lowest = IntPoint(0, k);
- else
- {
- IntPoint ip = m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour[(int)m_lowest.Y];
- if (newNode->Contour[k].Y > ip.Y ||
- (newNode->Contour[k].Y == ip.Y &&
- newNode->Contour[k].X < ip.X))
- m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::AddPaths(const Paths& paths, JoinType joinType, EndType endType)
-{
- for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i)
- AddPath(paths[i], joinType, endType);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::FixOrientations()
-{
- //fixup orientations of all closed paths if the orientation of the
- //closed path with the lowermost vertex is wrong ...
- if (m_lowest.X >= 0 &&
- !Orientation(m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour))
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i)
- {
- PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
- if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon ||
- (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && Orientation(node.Contour)))
- ReversePath(node.Contour);
- }
- } else
- {
- for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i)
- {
- PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
- if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && !Orientation(node.Contour))
- ReversePath(node.Contour);
- }
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::Execute(Paths& solution, double delta)
-{
- solution.clear();
- FixOrientations();
- DoOffset(delta);
-
- //now clean up 'corners' ...
- Clipper clpr;
- clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true);
- if (delta > 0)
- {
- clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive);
- }
- else
- {
- IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds();
- Path outer(4);
- outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10);
- outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10);
- outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10);
- outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10);
-
- clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true);
- clpr.ReverseSolution(true);
- clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative);
- if (solution.size() > 0) solution.erase(solution.begin());
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::Execute(PolyTree& solution, double delta)
-{
- solution.Clear();
- FixOrientations();
- DoOffset(delta);
-
- //now clean up 'corners' ...
- Clipper clpr;
- clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true);
- if (delta > 0)
- {
- clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive);
- }
- else
- {
- IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds();
- Path outer(4);
- outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10);
- outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10);
- outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10);
- outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10);
-
- clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true);
- clpr.ReverseSolution(true);
- clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative);
- //remove the outer PolyNode rectangle ...
- if (solution.ChildCount() == 1 && solution.Childs[0]->ChildCount() > 0)
- {
- PolyNode* outerNode = solution.Childs[0];
- solution.Childs.reserve(outerNode->ChildCount());
- solution.Childs[0] = outerNode->Childs[0];
- for (int i = 1; i < outerNode->ChildCount(); ++i)
- solution.AddChild(*outerNode->Childs[i]);
- }
- else
- solution.Clear();
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::DoOffset(double delta)
-{
- m_destPolys.clear();
- m_delta = delta;
-
- //if Zero offset, just copy any CLOSED polygons to m_p and return ...
- if (NEAR_ZERO(delta))
- {
- m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount());
- for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++)
- {
- PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
- if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon)
- m_destPolys.push_back(node.Contour);
- }
- return;
- }
-
- //see offset_triginometry3.svg in the documentation folder ...
- if (MiterLimit > 2) m_miterLim = 2/(MiterLimit * MiterLimit);
- else m_miterLim = 0.5;
-
- double y;
- if (ArcTolerance <= 0.0) y = def_arc_tolerance;
- else if (ArcTolerance > std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance)
- y = std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance;
- else y = ArcTolerance;
- //see offset_triginometry2.svg in the documentation folder ...
- double steps = pi / std::acos(1 - y / std::fabs(delta));
- if (steps > std::fabs(delta) * pi)
- steps = std::fabs(delta) * pi; //ie excessive precision check
- m_sin = std::sin(two_pi / steps);
- m_cos = std::cos(two_pi / steps);
- m_StepsPerRad = steps / two_pi;
- if (delta < 0.0) m_sin = -m_sin;
-
- m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() * 2);
- for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++)
- {
- PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i];
- m_srcPoly = node.Contour;
-
- int len = (int)m_srcPoly.size();
- if (len == 0 || (delta <= 0 && (len < 3 || node.m_endtype != etClosedPolygon)))
- continue;
-
- m_destPoly.clear();
- if (len == 1)
- {
- if (node.m_jointype == jtRound)
- {
- double X = 1.0, Y = 0.0;
- for (cInt j = 1; j <= steps; j++)
- {
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
- Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta),
- Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta)));
- double X2 = X;
- X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y;
- Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- double X = -1.0, Y = -1.0;
- for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j)
- {
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
- Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta),
- Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta)));
- if (X < 0) X = 1;
- else if (Y < 0) Y = 1;
- else X = -1;
- }
- }
- m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
- continue;
- }
- //build m_normals ...
- m_normals.clear();
- m_normals.reserve(len);
- for (int j = 0; j < len - 1; ++j)
- m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[j], m_srcPoly[j + 1]));
- if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine || node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon)
- m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[len - 1], m_srcPoly[0]));
- else
- m_normals.push_back(DoublePoint(m_normals[len - 2]));
-
- if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon)
- {
- int k = len - 1;
- for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j)
- OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
- m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
- }
- else if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine)
- {
- int k = len - 1;
- for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j)
- OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
- m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
- m_destPoly.clear();
- //re-build m_normals ...
- DoublePoint n = m_normals[len -1];
- for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--)
- m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y);
- m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-n.X, -n.Y);
- k = 0;
- for (int j = len - 1; j >= 0; j--)
- OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
- m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
- }
- else
- {
- int k = 0;
- for (int j = 1; j < len - 1; ++j)
- OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
-
- IntPoint pt1;
- if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt)
- {
- int j = len - 1;
- pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X *
- delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * delta));
- m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
- pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X - m_normals[j].X *
- delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y - m_normals[j].Y * delta));
- m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
- }
- else
- {
- int j = len - 1;
- k = len - 2;
- m_sinA = 0;
- m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j].X, -m_normals[j].Y);
- if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare)
- DoSquare(j, k);
- else
- DoRound(j, k);
- }
-
- //re-build m_normals ...
- for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--)
- m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y);
- m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[1].X, -m_normals[1].Y);
-
- k = len - 1;
- for (int j = k - 1; j > 0; --j) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype);
-
- if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt)
- {
- pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X - m_normals[0].X * delta),
- (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y - m_normals[0].Y * delta));
- m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
- pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + m_normals[0].X * delta),
- (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + m_normals[0].Y * delta));
- m_destPoly.push_back(pt1);
- }
- else
- {
- k = 1;
- m_sinA = 0;
- if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare)
- DoSquare(0, 1);
- else
- DoRound(0, 1);
- }
- m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly);
- }
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::OffsetPoint(int j, int& k, JoinType jointype)
-{
- m_sinA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].Y);
- if (m_sinA < 0.00005 && m_sinA > -0.00005) return;
- else if (m_sinA > 1.0) m_sinA = 1.0;
- else if (m_sinA < -1.0) m_sinA = -1.0;
-
- if (m_sinA * m_delta < 0)
- {
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta)));
- m_destPoly.push_back(m_srcPoly[j]);
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta)));
- }
- else
- switch (jointype)
- {
- case jtMiter:
- {
- double r = 1 + (m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].X +
- m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y);
- if (r >= m_miterLim) DoMiter(j, k, r); else DoSquare(j, k);
- break;
- }
- case jtSquare: DoSquare(j, k); break;
- case jtRound: DoRound(j, k); break;
- }
- k = j;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::DoSquare(int j, int k)
-{
- double dx = std::tan(std::atan2(m_sinA,
- m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y) / 4);
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[k].X - m_normals[k].Y * dx)),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_delta * (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[k].X * dx))));
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * dx)),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_delta * (m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * dx))));
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::DoMiter(int j, int k, double r)
-{
- double q = m_delta / r;
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + (m_normals[k].X + m_normals[j].X) * q),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[j].Y) * q)));
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClipperOffset::DoRound(int j, int k)
-{
- double a = std::atan2(m_sinA,
- m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y);
- int steps = (int)Round(m_StepsPerRad * std::fabs(a));
-
- double X = m_normals[k].X, Y = m_normals[k].Y, X2;
- for (int i = 0; i < steps; ++i)
- {
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + X * m_delta),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + Y * m_delta)));
- X2 = X;
- X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y;
- Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos;
- }
- m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta),
- Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta)));
-}
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Miscellaneous public functions
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Clipper::DoSimplePolygons()
-{
- PolyOutList::size_type i = 0;
- while (i < m_PolyOuts.size())
- {
- OutRec* outrec = m_PolyOuts[i++];
- OutPt* op = outrec->Pts;
- if (!op) continue;
- do //for each Pt in Polygon until duplicate found do ...
- {
- OutPt* op2 = op->Next;
- while (op2 != outrec->Pts)
- {
- if ((op->Pt == op2->Pt) && op2->Next != op && op2->Prev != op)
- {
- //split the polygon into two ...
- OutPt* op3 = op->Prev;
- OutPt* op4 = op2->Prev;
- op->Prev = op4;
- op4->Next = op;
- op2->Prev = op3;
- op3->Next = op2;
-
- outrec->Pts = op;
- OutRec* outrec2 = CreateOutRec();
- outrec2->Pts = op2;
- UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outrec2);
- if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec2->Pts, outrec->Pts))
- {
- //OutRec2 is contained by OutRec1 ...
- outrec2->IsHole = !outrec->IsHole;
- outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec;
- }
- else
- if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec->Pts, outrec2->Pts))
- {
- //OutRec1 is contained by OutRec2 ...
- outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole;
- outrec->IsHole = !outrec2->IsHole;
- outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft;
- outrec->FirstLeft = outrec2;
- } else
- {
- //the 2 polygons are separate ...
- outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole;
- outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft;
- }
- op2 = op; //ie get ready for the Next iteration
- }
- op2 = op2->Next;
- }
- op = op->Next;
- }
- while (op != outrec->Pts);
- }
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ReversePath(Path& p)
-{
- std::reverse(p.begin(), p.end());
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ReversePaths(Paths& p)
-{
- for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i)
- ReversePath(p[i]);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType)
-{
- Clipper c;
- c.StrictlySimple(true);
- c.AddPath(in_poly, ptSubject, true);
- c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType)
-{
- Clipper c;
- c.StrictlySimple(true);
- c.AddPaths(in_polys, ptSubject, true);
- c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType)
-{
- SimplifyPolygons(polys, polys, fillType);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-inline double DistanceSqrd(const IntPoint& pt1, const IntPoint& pt2)
-{
- double Dx = ((double)pt1.X - pt2.X);
- double dy = ((double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y);
- return (Dx*Dx + dy*dy);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-double DistanceFromLineSqrd(
- const IntPoint& pt, const IntPoint& ln1, const IntPoint& ln2)
-{
- //The equation of a line in general form (Ax + By + C = 0)
- //given 2 points (x¹,y¹) & (x²,y²) is ...
- //(y¹ - y²)x + (x² - x¹)y + (y² - y¹)x¹ - (x² - x¹)y¹ = 0
- //A = (y¹ - y²); B = (x² - x¹); C = (y² - y¹)x¹ - (x² - x¹)y¹
- //perpendicular distance of point (x³,y³) = (Ax³ + By³ + C)/Sqrt(A² + B²)
- //see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perpendicular_distance
- double A = double(ln1.Y - ln2.Y);
- double B = double(ln2.X - ln1.X);
- double C = A * ln1.X + B * ln1.Y;
- C = A * pt.X + B * pt.Y - C;
- return (C * C) / (A * A + B * B);
-}
-//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool SlopesNearCollinear(const IntPoint& pt1,
- const IntPoint& pt2, const IntPoint& pt3, double distSqrd)
-{
- return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-bool PointsAreClose(IntPoint pt1, IntPoint pt2, double distSqrd)
-{
- double Dx = (double)pt1.X - pt2.X;
- double dy = (double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y;
- return ((Dx * Dx) + (dy * dy) <= distSqrd);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-OutPt* ExcludeOp(OutPt* op)
-{
- OutPt* result = op->Prev;
- result->Next = op->Next;
- op->Next->Prev = result;
- result->Idx = 0;
- return result;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void CleanPolygon(const Path& in_poly, Path& out_poly, double distance)
-{
- //distance = proximity in units/pixels below which vertices
- //will be stripped. Default ~= sqrt(2).
-
- size_t size = in_poly.size();
-
- if (size == 0)
- {
- out_poly.clear();
- return;
- }
-
- OutPt* outPts = new OutPt[size];
- for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i)
- {
- outPts[i].Pt = in_poly[i];
- outPts[i].Next = &outPts[(i + 1) % size];
- outPts[i].Next->Prev = &outPts[i];
- outPts[i].Idx = 0;
- }
-
- double distSqrd = distance * distance;
- OutPt* op = &outPts[0];
- while (op->Idx == 0 && op->Next != op->Prev)
- {
- if (PointsAreClose(op->Pt, op->Prev->Pt, distSqrd))
- {
- op = ExcludeOp(op);
- size--;
- }
- else if (PointsAreClose(op->Prev->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd))
- {
- ExcludeOp(op->Next);
- op = ExcludeOp(op);
- size -= 2;
- }
- else if (SlopesNearCollinear(op->Prev->Pt, op->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd))
- {
- op = ExcludeOp(op);
- size--;
- }
- else
- {
- op->Idx = 1;
- op = op->Next;
- }
- }
-
- if (size < 3) size = 0;
- out_poly.resize(size);
- for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i)
- {
- out_poly[i] = op->Pt;
- op = op->Next;
- }
- delete [] outPts;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void CleanPolygon(Path& poly, double distance)
-{
- CleanPolygon(poly, poly, distance);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void CleanPolygons(const Paths& in_polys, Paths& out_polys, double distance)
-{
- for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < in_polys.size(); ++i)
- CleanPolygon(in_polys[i], out_polys[i], distance);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void CleanPolygons(Paths& polys, double distance)
-{
- CleanPolygons(polys, polys, distance);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void Minkowski(const Path& poly, const Path& path,
- Paths& solution, bool isSum, bool isClosed)
-{
- int delta = (isClosed ? 1 : 0);
- size_t polyCnt = poly.size();
- size_t pathCnt = path.size();
- Paths pp;
- pp.reserve(pathCnt);
- if (isSum)
- for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i)
- {
- Path p;
- p.reserve(polyCnt);
- for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j)
- p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X + poly[j].X, path[i].Y + poly[j].Y));
- pp.push_back(p);
- }
- else
- for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i)
- {
- Path p;
- p.reserve(polyCnt);
- for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j)
- p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X - poly[j].X, path[i].Y - poly[j].Y));
- pp.push_back(p);
- }
-
- Paths quads;
- quads.reserve((pathCnt + delta) * (polyCnt + 1));
- for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt - 1 + delta; ++i)
- for (size_t j = 0; j < polyCnt; ++j)
- {
- Path quad;
- quad.reserve(4);
- quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]);
- quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]);
- quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]);
- quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]);
- if (!Orientation(quad)) ReversePath(quad);
- quads.push_back(quad);
- }
-
- Clipper c;
- c.AddPaths(quads, ptSubject, true);
- c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed)
-{
- Minkowski(pattern, path, solution, true, pathIsClosed);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Paths& paths, Paths& solution,
- PolyFillType pathFillType, bool pathIsClosed)
-{
- Clipper c;
- for (size_t i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i)
- {
- Paths tmp;
- Minkowski(pattern, paths[i], tmp, true, pathIsClosed);
- c.AddPaths(tmp, ptSubject, true);
- }
- if (pathIsClosed) c.AddPaths(paths, ptClip, true);
- c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pathFillType, pathFillType);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void MinkowskiDiff(const Path& poly1, const Path& poly2, Paths& solution)
-{
- Minkowski(poly1, poly2, solution, false, true);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-enum NodeType {ntAny, ntOpen, ntClosed};
-
-void AddPolyNodeToPolygons(const PolyNode& polynode, NodeType nodetype, Paths& paths)
-{
- bool match = true;
- if (nodetype == ntClosed) match = !polynode.IsOpen();
- else if (nodetype == ntOpen) return;
-
- if (!polynode.Contour.empty() && match)
- paths.push_back(polynode.Contour);
- for (int i = 0; i < polynode.ChildCount(); ++i)
- AddPolyNodeToPolygons(*polynode.Childs[i], nodetype, paths);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths)
-{
- paths.resize(0);
- paths.reserve(polytree.Total());
- AddPolyNodeToPolygons(polytree, ntAny, paths);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths)
-{
- paths.resize(0);
- paths.reserve(polytree.Total());
- AddPolyNodeToPolygons(polytree, ntClosed, paths);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths)
-{
- paths.resize(0);
- paths.reserve(polytree.Total());
- //Open paths are top level only, so ...
- for (int i = 0; i < polytree.ChildCount(); ++i)
- if (polytree.Childs[i]->IsOpen())
- paths.push_back(polytree.Childs[i]->Contour);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p)
-{
- s << "(" << p.X << "," << p.Y << ")";
- return s;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p)
-{
- if (p.empty()) return s;
- Path::size_type last = p.size() -1;
- for (Path::size_type i = 0; i < last; i++)
- s << "(" << p[i].X << "," << p[i].Y << "), ";
- s << "(" << p[last].X << "," << p[last].Y << ")\n";
- return s;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p)
-{
- for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); i++)
- s << p[i];
- s << "\n";
- return s;
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef use_deprecated
-
-void OffsetPaths(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys,
- double delta, JoinType jointype, EndType_ endtype, double limit)
-{
- ClipperOffset co(limit, limit);
- co.AddPaths(in_polys, jointype, (EndType)endtype);
- co.Execute(out_polys, delta);
-}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#endif
-
-
-} //ClipperLib namespace
diff --git a/src/clipper/clipper.hpp b/src/clipper/clipper.hpp
deleted file mode 100755
index 84870141e7..0000000000
--- a/src/clipper/clipper.hpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,398 +0,0 @@
-/*******************************************************************************
-* *
-* Author : Angus Johnson *
-* Version : 6.1.3a *
-* Date : 22 January 2014 *
-* Website : http://www.angusj.com *
-* Copyright : Angus Johnson 2010-2014 *
-* *
-* License: *
-* Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. *
-* http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt *
-* *
-* Attributions: *
-* The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: *
-* "A generic solution to polygon clipping" *
-* Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63. *
-* http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906 *
-* *
-* Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms *
-* By Max K. Agoston *
-* Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005) *
-* http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston *
-* *
-* See also: *
-* "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers" *
-* Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575 *
-* ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences *
-* and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005) *
-* September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA *
-* http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf *
-* *
-*******************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef clipper_hpp
-#define clipper_hpp
-
-#define CLIPPER_VERSION "6.1.3"
-
-//use_int32: When enabled 32bit ints are used instead of 64bit ints. This
-//improve performance but coordinate values are limited to the range +/- 46340
-//#define use_int32
-
-//use_xyz: adds a Z member to IntPoint. Adds a minor cost to perfomance.
-//#define use_xyz
-
-//use_lines: Enables line clipping. Adds a very minor cost to performance.
-//#define use_lines
-
-//use_deprecated: Enables support for the obsolete OffsetPaths() function
-//which has been replace with the ClipperOffset class.
-#define use_deprecated
-
-#include <vector>
-#include <set>
-#include <stdexcept>
-#include <cstring>
-#include <cstdlib>
-#include <ostream>
-#include <functional>
-
-namespace ClipperLib {
-
-enum ClipType { ctIntersection, ctUnion, ctDifference, ctXor };
-enum PolyType { ptSubject, ptClip };
-//By far the most widely used winding rules for polygon filling are
-//EvenOdd & NonZero (GDI, GDI+, XLib, OpenGL, Cairo, AGG, Quartz, SVG, Gr32)
-//Others rules include Positive, Negative and ABS_GTR_EQ_TWO (only in OpenGL)
-//see http://glprogramming.com/red/chapter11.html
-enum PolyFillType { pftEvenOdd, pftNonZero, pftPositive, pftNegative };
-
-#ifdef use_int32
-typedef int cInt;
-typedef unsigned int cUInt;
-#else
-typedef signed long long cInt;
-typedef unsigned long long cUInt;
-#endif
-
-struct IntPoint {
- cInt X;
- cInt Y;
-#ifdef use_xyz
- cInt Z;
- IntPoint(cInt x = 0, cInt y = 0, cInt z = 0): X(x), Y(y), Z(z) {};
-#else
- IntPoint(cInt x = 0, cInt y = 0): X(x), Y(y) {};
-#endif
-
- friend inline bool operator== (const IntPoint& a, const IntPoint& b)
- {
- return a.X == b.X && a.Y == b.Y;
- }
- friend inline bool operator!= (const IntPoint& a, const IntPoint& b)
- {
- return a.X != b.X || a.Y != b.Y;
- }
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-typedef std::vector< IntPoint > Path;
-typedef std::vector< Path > Paths;
-
-inline Path& operator <<(Path& poly, const IntPoint& p) {poly.push_back(p); return poly;}
-inline Paths& operator <<(Paths& polys, const Path& p) {polys.push_back(p); return polys;}
-
-std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p);
-std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p);
-std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p);
-
-struct DoublePoint
-{
- double X;
- double Y;
- DoublePoint(double x = 0, double y = 0) : X(x), Y(y) {}
- DoublePoint(IntPoint ip) : X((double)ip.X), Y((double)ip.Y) {}
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-#ifdef use_xyz
-typedef void (*TZFillCallback)(IntPoint& z1, IntPoint& z2, IntPoint& pt);
-#endif
-
-enum InitOptions {ioReverseSolution = 1, ioStrictlySimple = 2, ioPreserveCollinear = 4};
-enum JoinType {jtSquare, jtRound, jtMiter};
-enum EndType {etClosedPolygon, etClosedLine, etOpenButt, etOpenSquare, etOpenRound};
-#ifdef use_deprecated
- enum EndType_ {etClosed, etButt = 2, etSquare, etRound};
-#endif
-
-class PolyNode;
-typedef std::vector< PolyNode* > PolyNodes;
-
-class PolyNode
-{
-public:
- PolyNode();
- Path Contour;
- PolyNodes Childs;
- PolyNode* Parent;
- PolyNode* GetNext() const;
- bool IsHole() const;
- bool IsOpen() const;
- int ChildCount() const;
-private:
- unsigned Index; //node index in Parent.Childs
- bool m_IsOpen;
- JoinType m_jointype;
- EndType m_endtype;
- PolyNode* GetNextSiblingUp() const;
- void AddChild(PolyNode& child);
- friend class Clipper; //to access Index
- friend class ClipperOffset;
-};
-
-class PolyTree: public PolyNode
-{
-public:
- ~PolyTree(){Clear();};
- PolyNode* GetFirst() const;
- void Clear();
- int Total() const;
-private:
- PolyNodes AllNodes;
- friend class Clipper; //to access AllNodes
-};
-
-bool Orientation(const Path &poly);
-double Area(const Path &poly);
-int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path);
-
-#ifdef use_deprecated
- void OffsetPaths(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys,
- double delta, JoinType jointype, EndType_ endtype, double limit = 0);
-#endif
-
-void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
-void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
-void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd);
-
-void CleanPolygon(const Path& in_poly, Path& out_poly, double distance = 1.415);
-void CleanPolygon(Path& poly, double distance = 1.415);
-void CleanPolygons(const Paths& in_polys, Paths& out_polys, double distance = 1.415);
-void CleanPolygons(Paths& polys, double distance = 1.415);
-
-void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed);
-void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Paths& paths,
- Paths& solution, PolyFillType pathFillType, bool pathIsClosed);
-void MinkowskiDiff(const Path& poly1, const Path& poly2, Paths& solution);
-
-void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths);
-void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths);
-void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths);
-
-void ReversePath(Path& p);
-void ReversePaths(Paths& p);
-
-struct IntRect { cInt left; cInt top; cInt right; cInt bottom; };
-
-//enums that are used internally ...
-enum EdgeSide { esLeft = 1, esRight = 2};
-
-//forward declarations (for stuff used internally) ...
-struct TEdge;
-struct IntersectNode;
-struct LocalMinima;
-struct Scanbeam;
-struct OutPt;
-struct OutRec;
-struct Join;
-
-typedef std::vector < OutRec* > PolyOutList;
-typedef std::vector < TEdge* > EdgeList;
-typedef std::vector < Join* > JoinList;
-typedef std::vector < IntersectNode* > IntersectList;
-
-
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-//ClipperBase is the ancestor to the Clipper class. It should not be
-//instantiated directly. This class simply abstracts the conversion of sets of
-//polygon coordinates into edge objects that are stored in a LocalMinima list.
-class ClipperBase
-{
-public:
- ClipperBase();
- virtual ~ClipperBase();
- bool AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed);
- bool AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed);
- virtual void Clear();
- IntRect GetBounds();
- bool PreserveCollinear() {return m_PreserveCollinear;};
- void PreserveCollinear(bool value) {m_PreserveCollinear = value;};
-protected:
- void DisposeLocalMinimaList();
- TEdge* AddBoundsToLML(TEdge *e, bool IsClosed);
- void PopLocalMinima();
- virtual void Reset();
- TEdge* ProcessBound(TEdge* E, bool IsClockwise);
- void InsertLocalMinima(LocalMinima *newLm);
- void DoMinimaLML(TEdge* E1, TEdge* E2, bool IsClosed);
- TEdge* DescendToMin(TEdge *&E);
- void AscendToMax(TEdge *&E, bool Appending, bool IsClosed);
- LocalMinima *m_CurrentLM;
- LocalMinima *m_MinimaList;
- bool m_UseFullRange;
- EdgeList m_edges;
- bool m_PreserveCollinear;
- bool m_HasOpenPaths;
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class Clipper : public virtual ClipperBase
-{
-public:
- Clipper(int initOptions = 0);
- ~Clipper();
- bool Execute(ClipType clipType,
- Paths &solution,
- PolyFillType subjFillType = pftEvenOdd,
- PolyFillType clipFillType = pftEvenOdd);
- bool Execute(ClipType clipType,
- PolyTree &polytree,
- PolyFillType subjFillType = pftEvenOdd,
- PolyFillType clipFillType = pftEvenOdd);
- bool ReverseSolution() {return m_ReverseOutput;};
- void ReverseSolution(bool value) {m_ReverseOutput = value;};
- bool StrictlySimple() {return m_StrictSimple;};
- void StrictlySimple(bool value) {m_StrictSimple = value;};
- //set the callback function for z value filling on intersections (otherwise Z is 0)
-#ifdef use_xyz
- void ZFillFunction(TZFillCallback zFillFunc);
-#endif
-protected:
- void Reset();
- virtual bool ExecuteInternal();
-private:
- PolyOutList m_PolyOuts;
- JoinList m_Joins;
- JoinList m_GhostJoins;
- IntersectList m_IntersectList;
- ClipType m_ClipType;
- std::set< cInt, std::greater<cInt> > m_Scanbeam;
- TEdge *m_ActiveEdges;
- TEdge *m_SortedEdges;
- bool m_ExecuteLocked;
- PolyFillType m_ClipFillType;
- PolyFillType m_SubjFillType;
- bool m_ReverseOutput;
- bool m_UsingPolyTree;
- bool m_StrictSimple;
-#ifdef use_xyz
- TZFillCallback m_ZFill; //custom callback
-#endif
- void SetWindingCount(TEdge& edge);
- bool IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge& edge) const;
- bool IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge& edge) const;
- void InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y);
- cInt PopScanbeam();
- void InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY);
- void InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge* startEdge);
- void AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge);
- void CopyAELToSEL();
- void DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e);
- void DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e);
- void UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e);
- void SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *edge1, TEdge *edge2);
- bool IsContributing(const TEdge& edge) const;
- bool IsTopHorz(const cInt XPos);
- void SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *edge1, TEdge *edge2);
- void DoMaxima(TEdge *e);
- void PrepareHorzJoins(TEdge* horzEdge, bool isTopOfScanbeam);
- void ProcessHorizontals(bool IsTopOfScanbeam);
- void ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge, bool isTopOfScanbeam);
- void AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &pt);
- OutPt* AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &pt);
- OutRec* GetOutRec(int idx);
- void AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2);
- void IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2,
- const IntPoint &pt, bool protect = false);
- OutRec* CreateOutRec();
- OutPt* AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt);
- void DisposeAllOutRecs();
- void DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index);
- bool ProcessIntersections(const cInt botY, const cInt topY);
- void BuildIntersectList(const cInt botY, const cInt topY);
- void ProcessIntersectList();
- void ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY);
- void BuildResult(Paths& polys);
- void BuildResult2(PolyTree& polytree);
- void SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec);
- void DisposeIntersectNodes();
- bool FixupIntersectionOrder();
- void FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec);
- bool IsHole(TEdge *e);
- bool FindOwnerFromSplitRecs(OutRec &outRec, OutRec *&currOrfl);
- void FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec);
- void AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint offPt);
- void ClearJoins();
- void ClearGhostJoins();
- void AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint offPt);
- bool JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2);
- void JoinCommonEdges();
- void DoSimplePolygons();
- void FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec);
- void FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec);
-#ifdef use_xyz
- void SetZ(IntPoint& pt, TEdge& e);
-#endif
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class ClipperOffset
-{
-public:
- ClipperOffset(double miterLimit = 2.0, double roundPrecision = 0.25);
- ~ClipperOffset();
- void AddPath(const Path& path, JoinType joinType, EndType endType);
- void AddPaths(const Paths& paths, JoinType joinType, EndType endType);
- void Execute(Paths& solution, double delta);
- void Execute(PolyTree& solution, double delta);
- void Clear();
- double MiterLimit;
- double ArcTolerance;
-private:
- Paths m_destPolys;
- Path m_srcPoly;
- Path m_destPoly;
- std::vector<DoublePoint> m_normals;
- double m_delta, m_sinA, m_sin, m_cos;
- double m_miterLim, m_StepsPerRad;
- IntPoint m_lowest;
- PolyNode m_polyNodes;
-
- void FixOrientations();
- void DoOffset(double delta);
- void OffsetPoint(int j, int& k, JoinType jointype);
- void DoSquare(int j, int k);
- void DoMiter(int j, int k, double r);
- void DoRound(int j, int k);
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-class clipperException : public std::exception
-{
- public:
- clipperException(const char* description): m_descr(description) {}
- virtual ~clipperException() throw() {}
- virtual const char* what() const throw() {return m_descr.c_str();}
- private:
- std::string m_descr;
-};
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-} //ClipperLib namespace
-
-#endif //clipper_hpp
-
-
diff --git a/src/libtess2/LICENSE.txt b/src/libtess2/LICENSE.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 30133655cf..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/LICENSE.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
diff --git a/src/libtess2/bucketalloc.c b/src/libtess2/bucketalloc.c
deleted file mode 100755
index efb2b9813b..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/bucketalloc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Mikko Mononen, July 2009.
-*/
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "tesselator.h"
-
-//#define CHECK_BOUNDS
-
-typedef struct BucketAlloc BucketAlloc;
-typedef struct Bucket Bucket;
-
-struct Bucket
-{
- Bucket *next;
-};
-
-struct BucketAlloc
-{
- void *freelist;
- Bucket *buckets;
- unsigned int itemSize;
- unsigned int bucketSize;
- const char *name;
- TESSalloc* alloc;
-};
-
-static int CreateBucket( struct BucketAlloc* ba )
-{
- unsigned int size;
- Bucket* bucket;
- void* freelist;
- unsigned char* head;
- unsigned char* it;
-
- // Allocate memory for the bucket
- size = sizeof(Bucket) + ba->itemSize * ba->bucketSize;
- bucket = (Bucket*)ba->alloc->memalloc( ba->alloc->userData, size );
- if ( !bucket )
- return 0;
- bucket->next = 0;
-
- // Add the bucket into the list of buckets.
- bucket->next = ba->buckets;
- ba->buckets = bucket;
-
- // Add new items to the free list.
- freelist = ba->freelist;
- head = (unsigned char*)bucket + sizeof(Bucket);
- it = head + ba->itemSize * ba->bucketSize;
- do
- {
- it -= ba->itemSize;
- // Store pointer to next free item.
- *((void**)it) = freelist;
- // Pointer to next location containing a free item.
- freelist = (void*)it;
- }
- while ( it != head );
- // Update pointer to next location containing a free item.
- ba->freelist = (void*)it;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static void *NextFreeItem( struct BucketAlloc *ba )
-{
- return *(void**)ba->freelist;
-}
-
-struct BucketAlloc* createBucketAlloc( TESSalloc* alloc, const char* name,
- unsigned int itemSize, unsigned int bucketSize )
-{
- BucketAlloc* ba = (BucketAlloc*)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, sizeof(BucketAlloc) );
-
- ba->alloc = alloc;
- ba->name = name;
- ba->itemSize = itemSize;
- if ( ba->itemSize < sizeof(void*) )
- ba->itemSize = sizeof(void*);
- ba->bucketSize = bucketSize;
- ba->freelist = 0;
- ba->buckets = 0;
-
- if ( !CreateBucket( ba ) )
- {
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, ba );
- return 0;
- }
-
- return ba;
-}
-
-void* bucketAlloc( struct BucketAlloc *ba )
-{
- void *it;
-
- // If running out of memory, allocate new bucket and update the freelist.
- if ( !ba->freelist || !NextFreeItem( ba ) )
- {
- if ( !CreateBucket( ba ) )
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Pop item from in front of the free list.
- it = ba->freelist;
- ba->freelist = NextFreeItem( ba );
-
- return it;
-}
-
-void bucketFree( struct BucketAlloc *ba, void *ptr )
-{
-#ifdef CHECK_BOUNDS
- int inBounds = 0;
- Bucket *bucket;
-
- // Check that the pointer is allocated with this allocator.
- bucket = ba->buckets;
- while ( bucket )
- {
- void *bucketMin = (void*)((unsigned char*)bucket + sizeof(Bucket));
- void *bucketMax = (void*)((unsigned char*)bucket + sizeof(Bucket) + ba->itemSize * ba->bucketSize);
- if ( ptr >= bucketMin && ptr < bucketMax )
- {
- inBounds = 1;
- break;
- }
- bucket = bucket->next;
- }
-
- if ( inBounds )
- {
- // Add the node in front of the free list.
- *(void**)ptr = ba->freelist;
- ba->freelist = ptr;
- }
- else
- {
- printf("ERROR! pointer 0x%p does not belong to allocator '%s'\n", ba->name);
- }
-#else
- // Add the node in front of the free list.
- *(void**)ptr = ba->freelist;
- ba->freelist = ptr;
-#endif
-}
-
-void deleteBucketAlloc( struct BucketAlloc *ba )
-{
- TESSalloc* alloc = ba->alloc;
- Bucket *bucket = ba->buckets;
- Bucket *next;
- while ( bucket )
- {
- next = bucket->next;
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, bucket );
- bucket = next;
- }
- ba->freelist = 0;
- ba->buckets = 0;
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, ba );
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/bucketalloc.h b/src/libtess2/bucketalloc.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 077d768136..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/bucketalloc.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Mikko Mononen, July 2009.
-*/
-
-#ifndef MEMALLOC_H
-#define MEMALLOC_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "tesselator.h"
-
-struct BucketAlloc *createBucketAlloc( TESSalloc* alloc, const char *name,
- unsigned int itemSize, unsigned int bucketSize );
-void *bucketAlloc( struct BucketAlloc *ba);
-void bucketFree( struct BucketAlloc *ba, void *ptr );
-void deleteBucketAlloc( struct BucketAlloc *ba );
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-};
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/dict.c b/src/libtess2/dict.c
deleted file mode 100755
index dd7bade2c8..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/dict.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include "tesselator.h"
-#include "bucketalloc.h"
-#include "dict.h"
-
-/* really tessDictListNewDict */
-Dict *dictNewDict( TESSalloc* alloc, void *frame, int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2) )
-{
- Dict *dict = (Dict *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, sizeof( Dict ));
- DictNode *head;
-
- if (dict == NULL) return NULL;
-
- head = &dict->head;
-
- head->key = NULL;
- head->next = head;
- head->prev = head;
-
- dict->frame = frame;
- dict->leq = leq;
-
- if (alloc->dictNodeBucketSize < 16)
- alloc->dictNodeBucketSize = 16;
- if (alloc->dictNodeBucketSize > 4096)
- alloc->dictNodeBucketSize = 4096;
- dict->nodePool = createBucketAlloc( alloc, "Dict", sizeof(DictNode), alloc->dictNodeBucketSize );
-
- return dict;
-}
-
-/* really tessDictListDeleteDict */
-void dictDeleteDict( TESSalloc* alloc, Dict *dict )
-{
- deleteBucketAlloc( dict->nodePool );
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, dict );
-}
-
-/* really tessDictListInsertBefore */
-DictNode *dictInsertBefore( Dict *dict, DictNode *node, DictKey key )
-{
- DictNode *newNode;
-
- do {
- node = node->prev;
- } while( node->key != NULL && ! (*dict->leq)(dict->frame, node->key, key));
-
- newNode = (DictNode *)bucketAlloc( dict->nodePool );
- if (newNode == NULL) return NULL;
-
- newNode->key = key;
- newNode->next = node->next;
- node->next->prev = newNode;
- newNode->prev = node;
- node->next = newNode;
-
- return newNode;
-}
-
-/* really tessDictListDelete */
-void dictDelete( Dict *dict, DictNode *node ) /*ARGSUSED*/
-{
- node->next->prev = node->prev;
- node->prev->next = node->next;
- bucketFree( dict->nodePool, node );
-}
-
-/* really tessDictListSearch */
-DictNode *dictSearch( Dict *dict, DictKey key )
-{
- DictNode *node = &dict->head;
-
- do {
- node = node->next;
- } while( node->key != NULL && ! (*dict->leq)(dict->frame, key, node->key));
-
- return node;
-}
diff --git a/src/libtess2/dict.h b/src/libtess2/dict.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 2f4df9945d..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/dict.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#ifndef DICT_LIST_H
-#define DICT_LIST_H
-
-typedef void *DictKey;
-typedef struct Dict Dict;
-typedef struct DictNode DictNode;
-
-Dict *dictNewDict( TESSalloc* alloc, void *frame, int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2) );
-
-void dictDeleteDict( TESSalloc* alloc, Dict *dict );
-
-/* Search returns the node with the smallest key greater than or equal
-* to the given key. If there is no such key, returns a node whose
-* key is NULL. Similarly, Succ(Max(d)) has a NULL key, etc.
-*/
-DictNode *dictSearch( Dict *dict, DictKey key );
-DictNode *dictInsertBefore( Dict *dict, DictNode *node, DictKey key );
-void dictDelete( Dict *dict, DictNode *node );
-
-#define dictKey(n) ((n)->key)
-#define dictSucc(n) ((n)->next)
-#define dictPred(n) ((n)->prev)
-#define dictMin(d) ((d)->head.next)
-#define dictMax(d) ((d)->head.prev)
-#define dictInsert(d,k) (dictInsertBefore((d),&(d)->head,(k)))
-
-
-/*** Private data structures ***/
-
-struct DictNode {
- DictKey key;
- DictNode *next;
- DictNode *prev;
-};
-
-struct Dict {
- DictNode head;
- void *frame;
- struct BucketAlloc *nodePool;
- int (*leq)(void *frame, DictKey key1, DictKey key2);
-};
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/geom.c b/src/libtess2/geom.c
deleted file mode 100755
index 44cf38c1df..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/geom.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-//#include "tesos.h"
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "mesh.h"
-#include "geom.h"
-
-int tesvertLeq( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v )
-{
- /* Returns TRUE if u is lexicographically <= v. */
-
- return VertLeq( u, v );
-}
-
-TESSreal tesedgeEval( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w )
-{
- /* Given three vertices u,v,w such that VertLeq(u,v) && VertLeq(v,w),
- * evaluates the t-coord of the edge uw at the s-coord of the vertex v.
- * Returns v->t - (uw)(v->s), ie. the signed distance from uw to v.
- * If uw is vertical (and thus passes thru v), the result is zero.
- *
- * The calculation is extremely accurate and stable, even when v
- * is very close to u or w. In particular if we set v->t = 0 and
- * let r be the negated result (this evaluates (uw)(v->s)), then
- * r is guaranteed to satisfy MIN(u->t,w->t) <= r <= MAX(u->t,w->t).
- */
- TESSreal gapL, gapR;
-
- assert( VertLeq( u, v ) && VertLeq( v, w ));
-
- gapL = v->s - u->s;
- gapR = w->s - v->s;
-
- if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
- if( gapL < gapR ) {
- return (v->t - u->t) + (u->t - w->t) * (gapL / (gapL + gapR));
- } else {
- return (v->t - w->t) + (w->t - u->t) * (gapR / (gapL + gapR));
- }
- }
- /* vertical line */
- return 0;
-}
-
-TESSreal tesedgeSign( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w )
-{
- /* Returns a number whose sign matches EdgeEval(u,v,w) but which
- * is cheaper to evaluate. Returns > 0, == 0 , or < 0
- * as v is above, on, or below the edge uw.
- */
- TESSreal gapL, gapR;
-
- assert( VertLeq( u, v ) && VertLeq( v, w ));
-
- gapL = v->s - u->s;
- gapR = w->s - v->s;
-
- if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
- return (v->t - w->t) * gapL + (v->t - u->t) * gapR;
- }
- /* vertical line */
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************
-* Define versions of EdgeSign, EdgeEval with s and t transposed.
-*/
-
-TESSreal testransEval( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w )
-{
- /* Given three vertices u,v,w such that TransLeq(u,v) && TransLeq(v,w),
- * evaluates the t-coord of the edge uw at the s-coord of the vertex v.
- * Returns v->s - (uw)(v->t), ie. the signed distance from uw to v.
- * If uw is vertical (and thus passes thru v), the result is zero.
- *
- * The calculation is extremely accurate and stable, even when v
- * is very close to u or w. In particular if we set v->s = 0 and
- * let r be the negated result (this evaluates (uw)(v->t)), then
- * r is guaranteed to satisfy MIN(u->s,w->s) <= r <= MAX(u->s,w->s).
- */
- TESSreal gapL, gapR;
-
- assert( TransLeq( u, v ) && TransLeq( v, w ));
-
- gapL = v->t - u->t;
- gapR = w->t - v->t;
-
- if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
- if( gapL < gapR ) {
- return (v->s - u->s) + (u->s - w->s) * (gapL / (gapL + gapR));
- } else {
- return (v->s - w->s) + (w->s - u->s) * (gapR / (gapL + gapR));
- }
- }
- /* vertical line */
- return 0;
-}
-
-TESSreal testransSign( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w )
-{
- /* Returns a number whose sign matches TransEval(u,v,w) but which
- * is cheaper to evaluate. Returns > 0, == 0 , or < 0
- * as v is above, on, or below the edge uw.
- */
- TESSreal gapL, gapR;
-
- assert( TransLeq( u, v ) && TransLeq( v, w ));
-
- gapL = v->t - u->t;
- gapR = w->t - v->t;
-
- if( gapL + gapR > 0 ) {
- return (v->s - w->s) * gapL + (v->s - u->s) * gapR;
- }
- /* vertical line */
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-int tesvertCCW( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w )
-{
- /* For almost-degenerate situations, the results are not reliable.
- * Unless the floating-point arithmetic can be performed without
- * rounding errors, *any* implementation will give incorrect results
- * on some degenerate inputs, so the client must have some way to
- * handle this situation.
- */
- return (u->s*(v->t - w->t) + v->s*(w->t - u->t) + w->s*(u->t - v->t)) >= 0;
-}
-
-/* Given parameters a,x,b,y returns the value (b*x+a*y)/(a+b),
-* or (x+y)/2 if a==b==0. It requires that a,b >= 0, and enforces
-* this in the rare case that one argument is slightly negative.
-* The implementation is extremely stable numerically.
-* In particular it guarantees that the result r satisfies
-* MIN(x,y) <= r <= MAX(x,y), and the results are very accurate
-* even when a and b differ greatly in magnitude.
-*/
-#define RealInterpolate(a,x,b,y) \
- (a = (a < 0) ? 0 : a, b = (b < 0) ? 0 : b, \
- ((a <= b) ? ((b == 0) ? ((x+y) / 2) \
- : (x + (y-x) * (a/(a+b)))) \
- : (y + (x-y) * (b/(a+b)))))
-
-#ifndef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
-#define Interpolate(a,x,b,y) RealInterpolate(a,x,b,y)
-#else
-
-/* Claim: the ONLY property the sweep algorithm relies on is that
-* MIN(x,y) <= r <= MAX(x,y). This is a nasty way to test that.
-*/
-#include <stdlib.h>
-extern int RandomInterpolate;
-
-double Interpolate( double a, double x, double b, double y)
-{
- printf("*********************%d\n",RandomInterpolate);
- if( RandomInterpolate ) {
- a = 1.2 * drand48() - 0.1;
- a = (a < 0) ? 0 : ((a > 1) ? 1 : a);
- b = 1.0 - a;
- }
- return RealInterpolate(a,x,b,y);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#define Swap(a,b) if (1) { TESSvertex *t = a; a = b; b = t; } else
-
-void tesedgeIntersect( TESSvertex *o1, TESSvertex *d1,
- TESSvertex *o2, TESSvertex *d2,
- TESSvertex *v )
- /* Given edges (o1,d1) and (o2,d2), compute their point of intersection.
- * The computed point is guaranteed to lie in the intersection of the
- * bounding rectangles defined by each edge.
- */
-{
- TESSreal z1, z2;
-
- /* This is certainly not the most efficient way to find the intersection
- * of two line segments, but it is very numerically stable.
- *
- * Strategy: find the two middle vertices in the VertLeq ordering,
- * and interpolate the intersection s-value from these. Then repeat
- * using the TransLeq ordering to find the intersection t-value.
- */
-
- if( ! VertLeq( o1, d1 )) { Swap( o1, d1 ); }
- if( ! VertLeq( o2, d2 )) { Swap( o2, d2 ); }
- if( ! VertLeq( o1, o2 )) { Swap( o1, o2 ); Swap( d1, d2 ); }
-
- if( ! VertLeq( o2, d1 )) {
- /* Technically, no intersection -- do our best */
- v->s = (o2->s + d1->s) / 2;
- } else if( VertLeq( d1, d2 )) {
- /* Interpolate between o2 and d1 */
- z1 = EdgeEval( o1, o2, d1 );
- z2 = EdgeEval( o2, d1, d2 );
- if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
- v->s = Interpolate( z1, o2->s, z2, d1->s );
- } else {
- /* Interpolate between o2 and d2 */
- z1 = EdgeSign( o1, o2, d1 );
- z2 = -EdgeSign( o1, d2, d1 );
- if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
- v->s = Interpolate( z1, o2->s, z2, d2->s );
- }
-
- /* Now repeat the process for t */
-
- if( ! TransLeq( o1, d1 )) { Swap( o1, d1 ); }
- if( ! TransLeq( o2, d2 )) { Swap( o2, d2 ); }
- if( ! TransLeq( o1, o2 )) { Swap( o1, o2 ); Swap( d1, d2 ); }
-
- if( ! TransLeq( o2, d1 )) {
- /* Technically, no intersection -- do our best */
- v->t = (o2->t + d1->t) / 2;
- } else if( TransLeq( d1, d2 )) {
- /* Interpolate between o2 and d1 */
- z1 = TransEval( o1, o2, d1 );
- z2 = TransEval( o2, d1, d2 );
- if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
- v->t = Interpolate( z1, o2->t, z2, d1->t );
- } else {
- /* Interpolate between o2 and d2 */
- z1 = TransSign( o1, o2, d1 );
- z2 = -TransSign( o1, d2, d1 );
- if( z1+z2 < 0 ) { z1 = -z1; z2 = -z2; }
- v->t = Interpolate( z1, o2->t, z2, d2->t );
- }
-}
diff --git a/src/libtess2/geom.h b/src/libtess2/geom.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 6aca5734d8..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/geom.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#ifndef GEOM_H
-#define GEOM_H
-
-#include "mesh.h"
-
-#ifdef NO_BRANCH_CONDITIONS
-/* MIPS architecture has special instructions to evaluate boolean
-* conditions -- more efficient than branching, IF you can get the
-* compiler to generate the right instructions (SGI compiler doesn't)
-*/
-#define VertEq(u,v) (((u)->s == (v)->s) & ((u)->t == (v)->t))
-#define VertLeq(u,v) (((u)->s < (v)->s) | \
- ((u)->s == (v)->s & (u)->t <= (v)->t))
-#else
-#define VertEq(u,v) ((u)->s == (v)->s && (u)->t == (v)->t)
-#define VertLeq(u,v) (((u)->s < (v)->s) || ((u)->s == (v)->s && (u)->t <= (v)->t))
-#endif
-
-#define EdgeEval(u,v,w) tesedgeEval(u,v,w)
-#define EdgeSign(u,v,w) tesedgeSign(u,v,w)
-
-/* Versions of VertLeq, EdgeSign, EdgeEval with s and t transposed. */
-
-#define TransLeq(u,v) (((u)->t < (v)->t) || ((u)->t == (v)->t && (u)->s <= (v)->s))
-#define TransEval(u,v,w) testransEval(u,v,w)
-#define TransSign(u,v,w) testransSign(u,v,w)
-
-
-#define EdgeGoesLeft(e) VertLeq( (e)->Dst, (e)->Org )
-#define EdgeGoesRight(e) VertLeq( (e)->Org, (e)->Dst )
-
-#define ABS(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
-#define VertL1dist(u,v) (ABS(u->s - v->s) + ABS(u->t - v->t))
-
-#define VertCCW(u,v,w) tesvertCCW(u,v,w)
-
-int tesvertLeq( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v );
-TESSreal tesedgeEval( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w );
-TESSreal tesedgeSign( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w );
-TESSreal testransEval( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w );
-TESSreal testransSign( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w );
-int tesvertCCW( TESSvertex *u, TESSvertex *v, TESSvertex *w );
-void tesedgeIntersect( TESSvertex *o1, TESSvertex *d1, TESSvertex *o2, TESSvertex *d2, TESSvertex *v );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/mesh.c b/src/libtess2/mesh.c
deleted file mode 100755
index 3eb4ad20a2..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/mesh.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,844 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-//#include "tesos.h"
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "mesh.h"
-#include "geom.h"
-#include "bucketalloc.h"
-
-#define TRUE 1
-#define FALSE 0
-
-/************************ Utility Routines ************************/
-
-/* Allocate and free half-edges in pairs for efficiency.
-* The *only* place that should use this fact is allocation/free.
-*/
-typedef struct { TESShalfEdge e, eSym; } EdgePair;
-
-/* MakeEdge creates a new pair of half-edges which form their own loop.
-* No vertex or face structures are allocated, but these must be assigned
-* before the current edge operation is completed.
-*/
-static TESShalfEdge *MakeEdge( TESSmesh* mesh, TESShalfEdge *eNext )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e;
- TESShalfEdge *eSym;
- TESShalfEdge *ePrev;
- EdgePair *pair = (EdgePair *)bucketAlloc( mesh->edgeBucket );
- if (pair == NULL) return NULL;
-
- e = &pair->e;
- eSym = &pair->eSym;
-
- /* Make sure eNext points to the first edge of the edge pair */
- if( eNext->Sym < eNext ) { eNext = eNext->Sym; }
-
- /* Insert in circular doubly-linked list before eNext.
- * Note that the prev pointer is stored in Sym->next.
- */
- ePrev = eNext->Sym->next;
- eSym->next = ePrev;
- ePrev->Sym->next = e;
- e->next = eNext;
- eNext->Sym->next = eSym;
-
- e->Sym = eSym;
- e->Onext = e;
- e->Lnext = eSym;
- e->Org = NULL;
- e->Lface = NULL;
- e->winding = 0;
- e->activeRegion = NULL;
-
- eSym->Sym = e;
- eSym->Onext = eSym;
- eSym->Lnext = e;
- eSym->Org = NULL;
- eSym->Lface = NULL;
- eSym->winding = 0;
- eSym->activeRegion = NULL;
-
- return e;
-}
-
-/* Splice( a, b ) is best described by the Guibas/Stolfi paper or the
-* CS348a notes (see mesh.h). Basically it modifies the mesh so that
-* a->Onext and b->Onext are exchanged. This can have various effects
-* depending on whether a and b belong to different face or vertex rings.
-* For more explanation see tessMeshSplice() below.
-*/
-static void Splice( TESShalfEdge *a, TESShalfEdge *b )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *aOnext = a->Onext;
- TESShalfEdge *bOnext = b->Onext;
-
- aOnext->Sym->Lnext = b;
- bOnext->Sym->Lnext = a;
- a->Onext = bOnext;
- b->Onext = aOnext;
-}
-
-/* MakeVertex( newVertex, eOrig, vNext ) attaches a new vertex and makes it the
-* origin of all edges in the vertex loop to which eOrig belongs. "vNext" gives
-* a place to insert the new vertex in the global vertex list. We insert
-* the new vertex *before* vNext so that algorithms which walk the vertex
-* list will not see the newly created vertices.
-*/
-static void MakeVertex( TESSvertex *newVertex,
- TESShalfEdge *eOrig, TESSvertex *vNext )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e;
- TESSvertex *vPrev;
- TESSvertex *vNew = newVertex;
-
- assert(vNew != NULL);
-
- /* insert in circular doubly-linked list before vNext */
- vPrev = vNext->prev;
- vNew->prev = vPrev;
- vPrev->next = vNew;
- vNew->next = vNext;
- vNext->prev = vNew;
-
- vNew->anEdge = eOrig;
- /* leave coords, s, t undefined */
-
- /* fix other edges on this vertex loop */
- e = eOrig;
- do {
- e->Org = vNew;
- e = e->Onext;
- } while( e != eOrig );
-}
-
-/* MakeFace( newFace, eOrig, fNext ) attaches a new face and makes it the left
-* face of all edges in the face loop to which eOrig belongs. "fNext" gives
-* a place to insert the new face in the global face list. We insert
-* the new face *before* fNext so that algorithms which walk the face
-* list will not see the newly created faces.
-*/
-static void MakeFace( TESSface *newFace, TESShalfEdge *eOrig, TESSface *fNext )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e;
- TESSface *fPrev;
- TESSface *fNew = newFace;
-
- assert(fNew != NULL);
-
- /* insert in circular doubly-linked list before fNext */
- fPrev = fNext->prev;
- fNew->prev = fPrev;
- fPrev->next = fNew;
- fNew->next = fNext;
- fNext->prev = fNew;
-
- fNew->anEdge = eOrig;
- fNew->trail = NULL;
- fNew->marked = FALSE;
-
- /* The new face is marked "inside" if the old one was. This is a
- * convenience for the common case where a face has been split in two.
- */
- fNew->inside = fNext->inside;
-
- /* fix other edges on this face loop */
- e = eOrig;
- do {
- e->Lface = fNew;
- e = e->Lnext;
- } while( e != eOrig );
-}
-
-/* KillEdge( eDel ) destroys an edge (the half-edges eDel and eDel->Sym),
-* and removes from the global edge list.
-*/
-static void KillEdge( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eDel )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *ePrev, *eNext;
-
- /* Half-edges are allocated in pairs, see EdgePair above */
- if( eDel->Sym < eDel ) { eDel = eDel->Sym; }
-
- /* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
- eNext = eDel->next;
- ePrev = eDel->Sym->next;
- eNext->Sym->next = ePrev;
- ePrev->Sym->next = eNext;
-
- bucketFree( mesh->edgeBucket, eDel );
-}
-
-
-/* KillVertex( vDel ) destroys a vertex and removes it from the global
-* vertex list. It updates the vertex loop to point to a given new vertex.
-*/
-static void KillVertex( TESSmesh *mesh, TESSvertex *vDel, TESSvertex *newOrg )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eStart = vDel->anEdge;
- TESSvertex *vPrev, *vNext;
-
- /* change the origin of all affected edges */
- e = eStart;
- do {
- e->Org = newOrg;
- e = e->Onext;
- } while( e != eStart );
-
- /* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
- vPrev = vDel->prev;
- vNext = vDel->next;
- vNext->prev = vPrev;
- vPrev->next = vNext;
-
- bucketFree( mesh->vertexBucket, vDel );
-}
-
-/* KillFace( fDel ) destroys a face and removes it from the global face
-* list. It updates the face loop to point to a given new face.
-*/
-static void KillFace( TESSmesh *mesh, TESSface *fDel, TESSface *newLface )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eStart = fDel->anEdge;
- TESSface *fPrev, *fNext;
-
- /* change the left face of all affected edges */
- e = eStart;
- do {
- e->Lface = newLface;
- e = e->Lnext;
- } while( e != eStart );
-
- /* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
- fPrev = fDel->prev;
- fNext = fDel->next;
- fNext->prev = fPrev;
- fPrev->next = fNext;
-
- bucketFree( mesh->faceBucket, fDel );
-}
-
-
-/****************** Basic Edge Operations **********************/
-
-/* tessMeshMakeEdge creates one edge, two vertices, and a loop (face).
-* The loop consists of the two new half-edges.
-*/
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshMakeEdge( TESSmesh *mesh )
-{
- TESSvertex *newVertex1 = (TESSvertex*)bucketAlloc(mesh->vertexBucket);
- TESSvertex *newVertex2 = (TESSvertex*)bucketAlloc(mesh->vertexBucket);
- TESSface *newFace = (TESSface*)bucketAlloc(mesh->faceBucket);
- TESShalfEdge *e;
-
- /* if any one is null then all get freed */
- if (newVertex1 == NULL || newVertex2 == NULL || newFace == NULL) {
- if (newVertex1 != NULL) bucketFree( mesh->vertexBucket, newVertex1 );
- if (newVertex2 != NULL) bucketFree( mesh->vertexBucket, newVertex2 );
- if (newFace != NULL) bucketFree( mesh->faceBucket, newFace );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- e = MakeEdge( mesh, &mesh->eHead );
- if (e == NULL) return NULL;
-
- MakeVertex( newVertex1, e, &mesh->vHead );
- MakeVertex( newVertex2, e->Sym, &mesh->vHead );
- MakeFace( newFace, e, &mesh->fHead );
- return e;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshSplice( eOrg, eDst ) is the basic operation for changing the
-* mesh connectivity and topology. It changes the mesh so that
-* eOrg->Onext <- OLD( eDst->Onext )
-* eDst->Onext <- OLD( eOrg->Onext )
-* where OLD(...) means the value before the meshSplice operation.
-*
-* This can have two effects on the vertex structure:
-* - if eOrg->Org != eDst->Org, the two vertices are merged together
-* - if eOrg->Org == eDst->Org, the origin is split into two vertices
-* In both cases, eDst->Org is changed and eOrg->Org is untouched.
-*
-* Similarly (and independently) for the face structure,
-* - if eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, one loop is split into two
-* - if eOrg->Lface != eDst->Lface, two distinct loops are joined into one
-* In both cases, eDst->Lface is changed and eOrg->Lface is unaffected.
-*
-* Some special cases:
-* If eDst == eOrg, the operation has no effect.
-* If eDst == eOrg->Lnext, the new face will have a single edge.
-* If eDst == eOrg->Lprev, the old face will have a single edge.
-* If eDst == eOrg->Onext, the new vertex will have a single edge.
-* If eDst == eOrg->Oprev, the old vertex will have a single edge.
-*/
-int tessMeshSplice( TESSmesh* mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg, TESShalfEdge *eDst )
-{
- int joiningLoops = FALSE;
- int joiningVertices = FALSE;
-
- if( eOrg == eDst ) return 1;
-
- if( eDst->Org != eOrg->Org ) {
- /* We are merging two disjoint vertices -- destroy eDst->Org */
- joiningVertices = TRUE;
- KillVertex( mesh, eDst->Org, eOrg->Org );
- }
- if( eDst->Lface != eOrg->Lface ) {
- /* We are connecting two disjoint loops -- destroy eDst->Lface */
- joiningLoops = TRUE;
- KillFace( mesh, eDst->Lface, eOrg->Lface );
- }
-
- /* Change the edge structure */
- Splice( eDst, eOrg );
-
- if( ! joiningVertices ) {
- TESSvertex *newVertex = (TESSvertex*)bucketAlloc( mesh->vertexBucket );
- if (newVertex == NULL) return 0;
-
- /* We split one vertex into two -- the new vertex is eDst->Org.
- * Make sure the old vertex points to a valid half-edge.
- */
- MakeVertex( newVertex, eDst, eOrg->Org );
- eOrg->Org->anEdge = eOrg;
- }
- if( ! joiningLoops ) {
- TESSface *newFace = (TESSface*)bucketAlloc( mesh->faceBucket );
- if (newFace == NULL) return 0;
-
- /* We split one loop into two -- the new loop is eDst->Lface.
- * Make sure the old face points to a valid half-edge.
- */
- MakeFace( newFace, eDst, eOrg->Lface );
- eOrg->Lface->anEdge = eOrg;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshDelete( eDel ) removes the edge eDel. There are several cases:
-* if (eDel->Lface != eDel->Rface), we join two loops into one; the loop
-* eDel->Lface is deleted. Otherwise, we are splitting one loop into two;
-* the newly created loop will contain eDel->Dst. If the deletion of eDel
-* would create isolated vertices, those are deleted as well.
-*
-* This function could be implemented as two calls to tessMeshSplice
-* plus a few calls to memFree, but this would allocate and delete
-* unnecessary vertices and faces.
-*/
-int tessMeshDelete( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eDel )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eDelSym = eDel->Sym;
- int joiningLoops = FALSE;
-
- /* First step: disconnect the origin vertex eDel->Org. We make all
- * changes to get a consistent mesh in this "intermediate" state.
- */
- if( eDel->Lface != eDel->Rface ) {
- /* We are joining two loops into one -- remove the left face */
- joiningLoops = TRUE;
- KillFace( mesh, eDel->Lface, eDel->Rface );
- }
-
- if( eDel->Onext == eDel ) {
- KillVertex( mesh, eDel->Org, NULL );
- } else {
- /* Make sure that eDel->Org and eDel->Rface point to valid half-edges */
- eDel->Rface->anEdge = eDel->Oprev;
- eDel->Org->anEdge = eDel->Onext;
-
- Splice( eDel, eDel->Oprev );
- if( ! joiningLoops ) {
- TESSface *newFace= (TESSface*)bucketAlloc( mesh->faceBucket );
- if (newFace == NULL) return 0;
-
- /* We are splitting one loop into two -- create a new loop for eDel. */
- MakeFace( newFace, eDel, eDel->Lface );
- }
- }
-
- /* Claim: the mesh is now in a consistent state, except that eDel->Org
- * may have been deleted. Now we disconnect eDel->Dst.
- */
- if( eDelSym->Onext == eDelSym ) {
- KillVertex( mesh, eDelSym->Org, NULL );
- KillFace( mesh, eDelSym->Lface, NULL );
- } else {
- /* Make sure that eDel->Dst and eDel->Lface point to valid half-edges */
- eDel->Lface->anEdge = eDelSym->Oprev;
- eDelSym->Org->anEdge = eDelSym->Onext;
- Splice( eDelSym, eDelSym->Oprev );
- }
-
- /* Any isolated vertices or faces have already been freed. */
- KillEdge( mesh, eDel );
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/******************** Other Edge Operations **********************/
-
-/* All these routines can be implemented with the basic edge
-* operations above. They are provided for convenience and efficiency.
-*/
-
-
-/* tessMeshAddEdgeVertex( eOrg ) creates a new edge eNew such that
-* eNew == eOrg->Lnext, and eNew->Dst is a newly created vertex.
-* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
-*/
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshAddEdgeVertex( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eNewSym;
- TESShalfEdge *eNew = MakeEdge( mesh, eOrg );
- if (eNew == NULL) return NULL;
-
- eNewSym = eNew->Sym;
-
- /* Connect the new edge appropriately */
- Splice( eNew, eOrg->Lnext );
-
- /* Set the vertex and face information */
- eNew->Org = eOrg->Dst;
- {
- TESSvertex *newVertex= (TESSvertex*)bucketAlloc( mesh->vertexBucket );
- if (newVertex == NULL) return NULL;
-
- MakeVertex( newVertex, eNewSym, eNew->Org );
- }
- eNew->Lface = eNewSym->Lface = eOrg->Lface;
-
- return eNew;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshSplitEdge( eOrg ) splits eOrg into two edges eOrg and eNew,
-* such that eNew == eOrg->Lnext. The new vertex is eOrg->Dst == eNew->Org.
-* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
-*/
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshSplitEdge( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eNew;
- TESShalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= tessMeshAddEdgeVertex( mesh, eOrg );
- if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return NULL;
-
- eNew = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
-
- /* Disconnect eOrg from eOrg->Dst and connect it to eNew->Org */
- Splice( eOrg->Sym, eOrg->Sym->Oprev );
- Splice( eOrg->Sym, eNew );
-
- /* Set the vertex and face information */
- eOrg->Dst = eNew->Org;
- eNew->Dst->anEdge = eNew->Sym; /* may have pointed to eOrg->Sym */
- eNew->Rface = eOrg->Rface;
- eNew->winding = eOrg->winding; /* copy old winding information */
- eNew->Sym->winding = eOrg->Sym->winding;
-
- return eNew;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshConnect( eOrg, eDst ) creates a new edge from eOrg->Dst
-* to eDst->Org, and returns the corresponding half-edge eNew.
-* If eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, this splits one loop into two,
-* and the newly created loop is eNew->Lface. Otherwise, two disjoint
-* loops are merged into one, and the loop eDst->Lface is destroyed.
-*
-* If (eOrg == eDst), the new face will have only two edges.
-* If (eOrg->Lnext == eDst), the old face is reduced to a single edge.
-* If (eOrg->Lnext->Lnext == eDst), the old face is reduced to two edges.
-*/
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshConnect( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg, TESShalfEdge *eDst )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eNewSym;
- int joiningLoops = FALSE;
- TESShalfEdge *eNew = MakeEdge( mesh, eOrg );
- if (eNew == NULL) return NULL;
-
- eNewSym = eNew->Sym;
-
- if( eDst->Lface != eOrg->Lface ) {
- /* We are connecting two disjoint loops -- destroy eDst->Lface */
- joiningLoops = TRUE;
- KillFace( mesh, eDst->Lface, eOrg->Lface );
- }
-
- /* Connect the new edge appropriately */
- Splice( eNew, eOrg->Lnext );
- Splice( eNewSym, eDst );
-
- /* Set the vertex and face information */
- eNew->Org = eOrg->Dst;
- eNewSym->Org = eDst->Org;
- eNew->Lface = eNewSym->Lface = eOrg->Lface;
-
- /* Make sure the old face points to a valid half-edge */
- eOrg->Lface->anEdge = eNewSym;
-
- if( ! joiningLoops ) {
- TESSface *newFace= (TESSface*)bucketAlloc( mesh->faceBucket );
- if (newFace == NULL) return NULL;
-
- /* We split one loop into two -- the new loop is eNew->Lface */
- MakeFace( newFace, eNew, eOrg->Lface );
- }
- return eNew;
-}
-
-
-/******************** Other Operations **********************/
-
-/* tessMeshZapFace( fZap ) destroys a face and removes it from the
-* global face list. All edges of fZap will have a NULL pointer as their
-* left face. Any edges which also have a NULL pointer as their right face
-* are deleted entirely (along with any isolated vertices this produces).
-* An entire mesh can be deleted by zapping its faces, one at a time,
-* in any order. Zapped faces cannot be used in further mesh operations!
-*/
-void tessMeshZapFace( TESSmesh *mesh, TESSface *fZap )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eStart = fZap->anEdge;
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eNext, *eSym;
- TESSface *fPrev, *fNext;
-
- /* walk around face, deleting edges whose right face is also NULL */
- eNext = eStart->Lnext;
- do {
- e = eNext;
- eNext = e->Lnext;
-
- e->Lface = NULL;
- if( e->Rface == NULL ) {
- /* delete the edge -- see TESSmeshDelete above */
-
- if( e->Onext == e ) {
- KillVertex( mesh, e->Org, NULL );
- } else {
- /* Make sure that e->Org points to a valid half-edge */
- e->Org->anEdge = e->Onext;
- Splice( e, e->Oprev );
- }
- eSym = e->Sym;
- if( eSym->Onext == eSym ) {
- KillVertex( mesh, eSym->Org, NULL );
- } else {
- /* Make sure that eSym->Org points to a valid half-edge */
- eSym->Org->anEdge = eSym->Onext;
- Splice( eSym, eSym->Oprev );
- }
- KillEdge( mesh, e );
- }
- } while( e != eStart );
-
- /* delete from circular doubly-linked list */
- fPrev = fZap->prev;
- fNext = fZap->next;
- fNext->prev = fPrev;
- fPrev->next = fNext;
-
- bucketFree( mesh->faceBucket, fZap );
-}
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* tessMeshNewMesh() creates a new mesh with no edges, no vertices,
-* and no loops (what we usually call a "face").
-*/
-TESSmesh *tessMeshNewMesh( TESSalloc* alloc )
-{
- TESSvertex *v;
- TESSface *f;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
- TESShalfEdge *eSym;
- TESSmesh *mesh = (TESSmesh *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, sizeof( TESSmesh ));
- if (mesh == NULL) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (alloc->meshEdgeBucketSize < 16)
- alloc->meshEdgeBucketSize = 16;
- if (alloc->meshEdgeBucketSize > 4096)
- alloc->meshEdgeBucketSize = 4096;
-
- if (alloc->meshVertexBucketSize < 16)
- alloc->meshVertexBucketSize = 16;
- if (alloc->meshVertexBucketSize > 4096)
- alloc->meshVertexBucketSize = 4096;
-
- if (alloc->meshFaceBucketSize < 16)
- alloc->meshFaceBucketSize = 16;
- if (alloc->meshFaceBucketSize > 4096)
- alloc->meshFaceBucketSize = 4096;
-
- mesh->edgeBucket = createBucketAlloc( alloc, "Mesh Edges", sizeof(EdgePair), alloc->meshEdgeBucketSize );
- mesh->vertexBucket = createBucketAlloc( alloc, "Mesh Vertices", sizeof(TESSvertex), alloc->meshVertexBucketSize );
- mesh->faceBucket = createBucketAlloc( alloc, "Mesh Faces", sizeof(TESSface), alloc->meshFaceBucketSize );
-
- v = &mesh->vHead;
- f = &mesh->fHead;
- e = &mesh->eHead;
- eSym = &mesh->eHeadSym;
-
- v->next = v->prev = v;
- v->anEdge = NULL;
-
- f->next = f->prev = f;
- f->anEdge = NULL;
- f->trail = NULL;
- f->marked = FALSE;
- f->inside = FALSE;
-
- e->next = e;
- e->Sym = eSym;
- e->Onext = NULL;
- e->Lnext = NULL;
- e->Org = NULL;
- e->Lface = NULL;
- e->winding = 0;
- e->activeRegion = NULL;
-
- eSym->next = eSym;
- eSym->Sym = e;
- eSym->Onext = NULL;
- eSym->Lnext = NULL;
- eSym->Org = NULL;
- eSym->Lface = NULL;
- eSym->winding = 0;
- eSym->activeRegion = NULL;
-
- return mesh;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshUnion( mesh1, mesh2 ) forms the union of all structures in
-* both meshes, and returns the new mesh (the old meshes are destroyed).
-*/
-TESSmesh *tessMeshUnion( TESSalloc* alloc, TESSmesh *mesh1, TESSmesh *mesh2 )
-{
- TESSface *f1 = &mesh1->fHead;
- TESSvertex *v1 = &mesh1->vHead;
- TESShalfEdge *e1 = &mesh1->eHead;
- TESSface *f2 = &mesh2->fHead;
- TESSvertex *v2 = &mesh2->vHead;
- TESShalfEdge *e2 = &mesh2->eHead;
-
- /* Add the faces, vertices, and edges of mesh2 to those of mesh1 */
- if( f2->next != f2 ) {
- f1->prev->next = f2->next;
- f2->next->prev = f1->prev;
- f2->prev->next = f1;
- f1->prev = f2->prev;
- }
-
- if( v2->next != v2 ) {
- v1->prev->next = v2->next;
- v2->next->prev = v1->prev;
- v2->prev->next = v1;
- v1->prev = v2->prev;
- }
-
- if( e2->next != e2 ) {
- e1->Sym->next->Sym->next = e2->next;
- e2->next->Sym->next = e1->Sym->next;
- e2->Sym->next->Sym->next = e1;
- e1->Sym->next = e2->Sym->next;
- }
-
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, mesh2 );
- return mesh1;
-}
-
-
-static int CountFaceVerts( TESSface *f )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eCur = f->anEdge;
- int n = 0;
- do
- {
- n++;
- eCur = eCur->Lnext;
- }
- while (eCur != f->anEdge);
- return n;
-}
-
-int tessMeshMergeConvexFaces( TESSmesh *mesh, int maxVertsPerFace )
-{
- TESSface *f;
- TESShalfEdge *eCur, *eNext, *eSym;
- TESSvertex *vStart;
- int curNv, symNv;
-
- for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next )
- {
- // Skip faces which are outside the result.
- if( !f->inside )
- continue;
-
- eCur = f->anEdge;
- vStart = eCur->Org;
-
- while (1)
- {
- eNext = eCur->Lnext;
- eSym = eCur->Sym;
-
- // Try to merge if the neighbour face is valid.
- if( eSym && eSym->Lface && eSym->Lface->inside )
- {
- // Try to merge the neighbour faces if the resulting polygons
- // does not exceed maximum number of vertices.
- curNv = CountFaceVerts( f );
- symNv = CountFaceVerts( eSym->Lface );
- if( (curNv+symNv-2) <= maxVertsPerFace )
- {
- // Merge if the resulting poly is convex.
- if( VertCCW( eCur->Lprev->Org, eCur->Org, eSym->Lnext->Lnext->Org ) &&
- VertCCW( eSym->Lprev->Org, eSym->Org, eCur->Lnext->Lnext->Org ) )
- {
- eNext = eSym->Lnext;
- if( !tessMeshDelete( mesh, eSym ) )
- return 0;
- eCur = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if( eCur && eCur->Lnext->Org == vStart )
- break;
-
- // Continue to next edge.
- eCur = eNext;
- }
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef DELETE_BY_ZAPPING
-
-/* tessMeshDeleteMesh( mesh ) will free all storage for any valid mesh.
-*/
-void tessMeshDeleteMesh( TESSalloc* alloc, TESSmesh *mesh )
-{
- TESSface *fHead = &mesh->fHead;
-
- while( fHead->next != fHead ) {
- tessMeshZapFace( fHead->next );
- }
- assert( mesh->vHead.next == &mesh->vHead );
-
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, mesh );
-}
-
-#else
-
-/* tessMeshDeleteMesh( mesh ) will free all storage for any valid mesh.
-*/
-void tessMeshDeleteMesh( TESSalloc* alloc, TESSmesh *mesh )
-{
- deleteBucketAlloc(mesh->edgeBucket);
- deleteBucketAlloc(mesh->vertexBucket);
- deleteBucketAlloc(mesh->faceBucket);
-
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, mesh );
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-
-/* tessMeshCheckMesh( mesh ) checks a mesh for self-consistency.
-*/
-void tessMeshCheckMesh( TESSmesh *mesh )
-{
- TESSface *fHead = &mesh->fHead;
- TESSvertex *vHead = &mesh->vHead;
- TESShalfEdge *eHead = &mesh->eHead;
- TESSface *f, *fPrev;
- TESSvertex *v, *vPrev;
- TESShalfEdge *e, *ePrev;
-
- fPrev = fHead;
- for( fPrev = fHead ; (f = fPrev->next) != fHead; fPrev = f) {
- assert( f->prev == fPrev );
- e = f->anEdge;
- do {
- assert( e->Sym != e );
- assert( e->Sym->Sym == e );
- assert( e->Lnext->Onext->Sym == e );
- assert( e->Onext->Sym->Lnext == e );
- assert( e->Lface == f );
- e = e->Lnext;
- } while( e != f->anEdge );
- }
- assert( f->prev == fPrev && f->anEdge == NULL );
-
- vPrev = vHead;
- for( vPrev = vHead ; (v = vPrev->next) != vHead; vPrev = v) {
- assert( v->prev == vPrev );
- e = v->anEdge;
- do {
- assert( e->Sym != e );
- assert( e->Sym->Sym == e );
- assert( e->Lnext->Onext->Sym == e );
- assert( e->Onext->Sym->Lnext == e );
- assert( e->Org == v );
- e = e->Onext;
- } while( e != v->anEdge );
- }
- assert( v->prev == vPrev && v->anEdge == NULL );
-
- ePrev = eHead;
- for( ePrev = eHead ; (e = ePrev->next) != eHead; ePrev = e) {
- assert( e->Sym->next == ePrev->Sym );
- assert( e->Sym != e );
- assert( e->Sym->Sym == e );
- assert( e->Org != NULL );
- assert( e->Dst != NULL );
- assert( e->Lnext->Onext->Sym == e );
- assert( e->Onext->Sym->Lnext == e );
- }
- assert( e->Sym->next == ePrev->Sym
- && e->Sym == &mesh->eHeadSym
- && e->Sym->Sym == e
- && e->Org == NULL && e->Dst == NULL
- && e->Lface == NULL && e->Rface == NULL );
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/mesh.h b/src/libtess2/mesh.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 1e16a194c1..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/mesh.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#ifndef MESH_H
-#define MESH_H
-
-#include "tesselator.h"
-
-typedef struct TESSmesh TESSmesh;
-typedef struct TESSvertex TESSvertex;
-typedef struct TESSface TESSface;
-typedef struct TESShalfEdge TESShalfEdge;
-typedef struct ActiveRegion ActiveRegion;
-
-/* The mesh structure is similar in spirit, notation, and operations
-* to the "quad-edge" structure (see L. Guibas and J. Stolfi, Primitives
-* for the manipulation of general subdivisions and the computation of
-* Voronoi diagrams, ACM Transactions on Graphics, 4(2):74-123, April 1985).
-* For a simplified description, see the course notes for CS348a,
-* "Mathematical Foundations of Computer Graphics", available at the
-* Stanford bookstore (and taught during the fall quarter).
-* The implementation also borrows a tiny subset of the graph-based approach
-* use in Mantyla's Geometric Work Bench (see M. Mantyla, An Introduction
-* to Sold Modeling, Computer Science Press, Rockville, Maryland, 1988).
-*
-* The fundamental data structure is the "half-edge". Two half-edges
-* go together to make an edge, but they point in opposite directions.
-* Each half-edge has a pointer to its mate (the "symmetric" half-edge Sym),
-* its origin vertex (Org), the face on its left side (Lface), and the
-* adjacent half-edges in the CCW direction around the origin vertex
-* (Onext) and around the left face (Lnext). There is also a "next"
-* pointer for the global edge list (see below).
-*
-* The notation used for mesh navigation:
-* Sym = the mate of a half-edge (same edge, but opposite direction)
-* Onext = edge CCW around origin vertex (keep same origin)
-* Dnext = edge CCW around destination vertex (keep same dest)
-* Lnext = edge CCW around left face (dest becomes new origin)
-* Rnext = edge CCW around right face (origin becomes new dest)
-*
-* "prev" means to substitute CW for CCW in the definitions above.
-*
-* The mesh keeps global lists of all vertices, faces, and edges,
-* stored as doubly-linked circular lists with a dummy header node.
-* The mesh stores pointers to these dummy headers (vHead, fHead, eHead).
-*
-* The circular edge list is special; since half-edges always occur
-* in pairs (e and e->Sym), each half-edge stores a pointer in only
-* one direction. Starting at eHead and following the e->next pointers
-* will visit each *edge* once (ie. e or e->Sym, but not both).
-* e->Sym stores a pointer in the opposite direction, thus it is
-* always true that e->Sym->next->Sym->next == e.
-*
-* Each vertex has a pointer to next and previous vertices in the
-* circular list, and a pointer to a half-edge with this vertex as
-* the origin (NULL if this is the dummy header). There is also a
-* field "data" for client data.
-*
-* Each face has a pointer to the next and previous faces in the
-* circular list, and a pointer to a half-edge with this face as
-* the left face (NULL if this is the dummy header). There is also
-* a field "data" for client data.
-*
-* Note that what we call a "face" is really a loop; faces may consist
-* of more than one loop (ie. not simply connected), but there is no
-* record of this in the data structure. The mesh may consist of
-* several disconnected regions, so it may not be possible to visit
-* the entire mesh by starting at a half-edge and traversing the edge
-* structure.
-*
-* The mesh does NOT support isolated vertices; a vertex is deleted along
-* with its last edge. Similarly when two faces are merged, one of the
-* faces is deleted (see tessMeshDelete below). For mesh operations,
-* all face (loop) and vertex pointers must not be NULL. However, once
-* mesh manipulation is finished, TESSmeshZapFace can be used to delete
-* faces of the mesh, one at a time. All external faces can be "zapped"
-* before the mesh is returned to the client; then a NULL face indicates
-* a region which is not part of the output polygon.
-*/
-
-struct TESSvertex {
- TESSvertex *next; /* next vertex (never NULL) */
- TESSvertex *prev; /* previous vertex (never NULL) */
- TESShalfEdge *anEdge; /* a half-edge with this origin */
-
- /* Internal data (keep hidden) */
- TESSreal coords[3]; /* vertex location in 3D */
- TESSreal s, t; /* projection onto the sweep plane */
- int pqHandle; /* to allow deletion from priority queue */
- TESSindex n; /* to allow identify unique vertices */
- TESSindex idx; /* to allow map result to original verts */
-};
-
-struct TESSface {
- TESSface *next; /* next face (never NULL) */
- TESSface *prev; /* previous face (never NULL) */
- TESShalfEdge *anEdge; /* a half edge with this left face */
-
- /* Internal data (keep hidden) */
- TESSface *trail; /* "stack" for conversion to strips */
- TESSindex n; /* to allow identiy unique faces */
- char marked; /* flag for conversion to strips */
- char inside; /* this face is in the polygon interior */
-};
-
-struct TESShalfEdge {
- TESShalfEdge *next; /* doubly-linked list (prev==Sym->next) */
- TESShalfEdge *Sym; /* same edge, opposite direction */
- TESShalfEdge *Onext; /* next edge CCW around origin */
- TESShalfEdge *Lnext; /* next edge CCW around left face */
- TESSvertex *Org; /* origin vertex (Overtex too long) */
- TESSface *Lface; /* left face */
-
- /* Internal data (keep hidden) */
- ActiveRegion *activeRegion; /* a region with this upper edge (sweep.c) */
- int winding; /* change in winding number when crossing
- from the right face to the left face */
-};
-
-#define Rface Sym->Lface
-#define Dst Sym->Org
-
-#define Oprev Sym->Lnext
-#define Lprev Onext->Sym
-#define Dprev Lnext->Sym
-#define Rprev Sym->Onext
-#define Dnext Rprev->Sym /* 3 pointers */
-#define Rnext Oprev->Sym /* 3 pointers */
-
-
-struct TESSmesh {
- TESSvertex vHead; /* dummy header for vertex list */
- TESSface fHead; /* dummy header for face list */
- TESShalfEdge eHead; /* dummy header for edge list */
- TESShalfEdge eHeadSym; /* and its symmetric counterpart */
-
- struct BucketAlloc* edgeBucket;
- struct BucketAlloc* vertexBucket;
- struct BucketAlloc* faceBucket;
-};
-
-/* The mesh operations below have three motivations: completeness,
-* convenience, and efficiency. The basic mesh operations are MakeEdge,
-* Splice, and Delete. All the other edge operations can be implemented
-* in terms of these. The other operations are provided for convenience
-* and/or efficiency.
-*
-* When a face is split or a vertex is added, they are inserted into the
-* global list *before* the existing vertex or face (ie. e->Org or e->Lface).
-* This makes it easier to process all vertices or faces in the global lists
-* without worrying about processing the same data twice. As a convenience,
-* when a face is split, the "inside" flag is copied from the old face.
-* Other internal data (v->data, v->activeRegion, f->data, f->marked,
-* f->trail, e->winding) is set to zero.
-*
-* ********************** Basic Edge Operations **************************
-*
-* tessMeshMakeEdge( mesh ) creates one edge, two vertices, and a loop.
-* The loop (face) consists of the two new half-edges.
-*
-* tessMeshSplice( eOrg, eDst ) is the basic operation for changing the
-* mesh connectivity and topology. It changes the mesh so that
-* eOrg->Onext <- OLD( eDst->Onext )
-* eDst->Onext <- OLD( eOrg->Onext )
-* where OLD(...) means the value before the meshSplice operation.
-*
-* This can have two effects on the vertex structure:
-* - if eOrg->Org != eDst->Org, the two vertices are merged together
-* - if eOrg->Org == eDst->Org, the origin is split into two vertices
-* In both cases, eDst->Org is changed and eOrg->Org is untouched.
-*
-* Similarly (and independently) for the face structure,
-* - if eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, one loop is split into two
-* - if eOrg->Lface != eDst->Lface, two distinct loops are joined into one
-* In both cases, eDst->Lface is changed and eOrg->Lface is unaffected.
-*
-* tessMeshDelete( eDel ) removes the edge eDel. There are several cases:
-* if (eDel->Lface != eDel->Rface), we join two loops into one; the loop
-* eDel->Lface is deleted. Otherwise, we are splitting one loop into two;
-* the newly created loop will contain eDel->Dst. If the deletion of eDel
-* would create isolated vertices, those are deleted as well.
-*
-* ********************** Other Edge Operations **************************
-*
-* tessMeshAddEdgeVertex( eOrg ) creates a new edge eNew such that
-* eNew == eOrg->Lnext, and eNew->Dst is a newly created vertex.
-* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
-*
-* tessMeshSplitEdge( eOrg ) splits eOrg into two edges eOrg and eNew,
-* such that eNew == eOrg->Lnext. The new vertex is eOrg->Dst == eNew->Org.
-* eOrg and eNew will have the same left face.
-*
-* tessMeshConnect( eOrg, eDst ) creates a new edge from eOrg->Dst
-* to eDst->Org, and returns the corresponding half-edge eNew.
-* If eOrg->Lface == eDst->Lface, this splits one loop into two,
-* and the newly created loop is eNew->Lface. Otherwise, two disjoint
-* loops are merged into one, and the loop eDst->Lface is destroyed.
-*
-* ************************ Other Operations *****************************
-*
-* tessMeshNewMesh() creates a new mesh with no edges, no vertices,
-* and no loops (what we usually call a "face").
-*
-* tessMeshUnion( mesh1, mesh2 ) forms the union of all structures in
-* both meshes, and returns the new mesh (the old meshes are destroyed).
-*
-* tessMeshDeleteMesh( mesh ) will free all storage for any valid mesh.
-*
-* tessMeshZapFace( fZap ) destroys a face and removes it from the
-* global face list. All edges of fZap will have a NULL pointer as their
-* left face. Any edges which also have a NULL pointer as their right face
-* are deleted entirely (along with any isolated vertices this produces).
-* An entire mesh can be deleted by zapping its faces, one at a time,
-* in any order. Zapped faces cannot be used in further mesh operations!
-*
-* tessMeshCheckMesh( mesh ) checks a mesh for self-consistency.
-*/
-
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshMakeEdge( TESSmesh *mesh );
-int tessMeshSplice( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg, TESShalfEdge *eDst );
-int tessMeshDelete( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eDel );
-
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshAddEdgeVertex( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg );
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshSplitEdge( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg );
-TESShalfEdge *tessMeshConnect( TESSmesh *mesh, TESShalfEdge *eOrg, TESShalfEdge *eDst );
-
-TESSmesh *tessMeshNewMesh( TESSalloc* alloc );
-TESSmesh *tessMeshUnion( TESSalloc* alloc, TESSmesh *mesh1, TESSmesh *mesh2 );
-int tessMeshMergeConvexFaces( TESSmesh *mesh, int maxVertsPerFace );
-void tessMeshDeleteMesh( TESSalloc* alloc, TESSmesh *mesh );
-void tessMeshZapFace( TESSmesh *mesh, TESSface *fZap );
-
-#ifdef NDEBUG
-#define tessMeshCheckMesh( mesh )
-#else
-void tessMeshCheckMesh( TESSmesh *mesh );
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/priorityq.c b/src/libtess2/priorityq.c
deleted file mode 100755
index 6229b6bfce..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/priorityq.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-//#include "tesos.h"
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include "tesselator.h"
-#include "priorityq.h"
-
-
-#define INIT_SIZE 32
-
-#define TRUE 1
-#define FALSE 0
-
-#ifdef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
-#define LEQ(x,y) (*pq->leq)(x,y)
-#else
-/* Violates modularity, but a little faster */
-#include "geom.h"
-#define LEQ(x,y) VertLeq((TESSvertex *)x, (TESSvertex *)y)
-#endif
-
-
-/* Include all the code for the regular heap-based queue here. */
-
-/* The basic operations are insertion of a new key (pqInsert),
-* and examination/extraction of a key whose value is minimum
-* (pqMinimum/pqExtractMin). Deletion is also allowed (pqDelete);
-* for this purpose pqInsert returns a "handle" which is supplied
-* as the argument.
-*
-* An initial heap may be created efficiently by calling pqInsert
-* repeatedly, then calling pqInit. In any case pqInit must be called
-* before any operations other than pqInsert are used.
-*
-* If the heap is empty, pqMinimum/pqExtractMin will return a NULL key.
-* This may also be tested with pqIsEmpty.
-*/
-
-
-/* Since we support deletion the data structure is a little more
-* complicated than an ordinary heap. "nodes" is the heap itself;
-* active nodes are stored in the range 1..pq->size. When the
-* heap exceeds its allocated size (pq->max), its size doubles.
-* The children of node i are nodes 2i and 2i+1.
-*
-* Each node stores an index into an array "handles". Each handle
-* stores a key, plus a pointer back to the node which currently
-* represents that key (ie. nodes[handles[i].node].handle == i).
-*/
-
-
-#define pqHeapMinimum(pq) ((pq)->handles[(pq)->nodes[1].handle].key)
-#define pqHeapIsEmpty(pq) ((pq)->size == 0)
-
-
-
-/* really pqHeapNewPriorityQHeap */
-PriorityQHeap *pqHeapNewPriorityQ( TESSalloc* alloc, int size, int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) )
-{
- PriorityQHeap *pq = (PriorityQHeap *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, sizeof( PriorityQHeap ));
- if (pq == NULL) return NULL;
-
- pq->size = 0;
- pq->max = size;
- pq->nodes = (PQnode *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, (size + 1) * sizeof(pq->nodes[0]) );
- if (pq->nodes == NULL) {
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- pq->handles = (PQhandleElem *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, (size + 1) * sizeof(pq->handles[0]) );
- if (pq->handles == NULL) {
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq->nodes );
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- pq->initialized = FALSE;
- pq->freeList = 0;
- pq->leq = leq;
-
- pq->nodes[1].handle = 1; /* so that Minimum() returns NULL */
- pq->handles[1].key = NULL;
- return pq;
-}
-
-/* really pqHeapDeletePriorityQHeap */
-void pqHeapDeletePriorityQ( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQHeap *pq )
-{
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq->handles );
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq->nodes );
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq );
-}
-
-
-static void FloatDown( PriorityQHeap *pq, int curr )
-{
- PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
- PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
- PQhandle hCurr, hChild;
- int child;
-
- hCurr = n[curr].handle;
- for( ;; ) {
- child = curr << 1;
- if( child < pq->size && LEQ( h[n[child+1].handle].key,
- h[n[child].handle].key )) {
- ++child;
- }
-
- assert(child <= pq->max);
-
- hChild = n[child].handle;
- if( child > pq->size || LEQ( h[hCurr].key, h[hChild].key )) {
- n[curr].handle = hCurr;
- h[hCurr].node = curr;
- break;
- }
- n[curr].handle = hChild;
- h[hChild].node = curr;
- curr = child;
- }
-}
-
-
-static void FloatUp( PriorityQHeap *pq, int curr )
-{
- PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
- PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
- PQhandle hCurr, hParent;
- int parent;
-
- hCurr = n[curr].handle;
- for( ;; ) {
- parent = curr >> 1;
- hParent = n[parent].handle;
- if( parent == 0 || LEQ( h[hParent].key, h[hCurr].key )) {
- n[curr].handle = hCurr;
- h[hCurr].node = curr;
- break;
- }
- n[curr].handle = hParent;
- h[hParent].node = curr;
- curr = parent;
- }
-}
-
-/* really pqHeapInit */
-void pqHeapInit( PriorityQHeap *pq )
-{
- int i;
-
- /* This method of building a heap is O(n), rather than O(n lg n). */
-
- for( i = pq->size; i >= 1; --i ) {
- FloatDown( pq, i );
- }
- pq->initialized = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* really pqHeapInsert */
-/* returns INV_HANDLE iff out of memory */
-PQhandle pqHeapInsert( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQHeap *pq, PQkey keyNew )
-{
- int curr;
- PQhandle free;
-
- curr = ++ pq->size;
- if( (curr*2) > pq->max ) {
- if (!alloc->memrealloc)
- {
- return INV_HANDLE;
- }
- else
- {
- PQnode *saveNodes= pq->nodes;
- PQhandleElem *saveHandles= pq->handles;
-
- // If the heap overflows, double its size.
- pq->max <<= 1;
- pq->nodes = (PQnode *)alloc->memrealloc( alloc->userData, pq->nodes,
- (unsigned int)((pq->max + 1) * sizeof( pq->nodes[0] )));
- if (pq->nodes == NULL) {
- pq->nodes = saveNodes; // restore ptr to free upon return
- return INV_HANDLE;
- }
- pq->handles = (PQhandleElem *)alloc->memrealloc( alloc->userData, pq->handles,
- (unsigned int) ((pq->max + 1) * sizeof( pq->handles[0] )));
- if (pq->handles == NULL) {
- pq->handles = saveHandles; // restore ptr to free upon return
- return INV_HANDLE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if( pq->freeList == 0 ) {
- free = curr;
- } else {
- free = pq->freeList;
- pq->freeList = pq->handles[free].node;
- }
-
- pq->nodes[curr].handle = free;
- pq->handles[free].node = curr;
- pq->handles[free].key = keyNew;
-
- if( pq->initialized ) {
- FloatUp( pq, curr );
- }
- assert(free != INV_HANDLE);
- return free;
-}
-
-/* really pqHeapExtractMin */
-PQkey pqHeapExtractMin( PriorityQHeap *pq )
-{
- PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
- PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
- PQhandle hMin = n[1].handle;
- PQkey min = h[hMin].key;
-
- if( pq->size > 0 ) {
- n[1].handle = n[pq->size].handle;
- h[n[1].handle].node = 1;
-
- h[hMin].key = NULL;
- h[hMin].node = pq->freeList;
- pq->freeList = hMin;
-
- if( -- pq->size > 0 ) {
- FloatDown( pq, 1 );
- }
- }
- return min;
-}
-
-/* really pqHeapDelete */
-void pqHeapDelete( PriorityQHeap *pq, PQhandle hCurr )
-{
- PQnode *n = pq->nodes;
- PQhandleElem *h = pq->handles;
- int curr;
-
- assert( hCurr >= 1 && hCurr <= pq->max && h[hCurr].key != NULL );
-
- curr = h[hCurr].node;
- n[curr].handle = n[pq->size].handle;
- h[n[curr].handle].node = curr;
-
- if( curr <= -- pq->size ) {
- if( curr <= 1 || LEQ( h[n[curr>>1].handle].key, h[n[curr].handle].key )) {
- FloatDown( pq, curr );
- } else {
- FloatUp( pq, curr );
- }
- }
- h[hCurr].key = NULL;
- h[hCurr].node = pq->freeList;
- pq->freeList = hCurr;
-}
-
-
-
-/* Now redefine all the function names to map to their "Sort" versions. */
-
-/* really tessPqSortNewPriorityQ */
-PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( TESSalloc* alloc, int size, int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) )
-{
- PriorityQ *pq = (PriorityQ *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, sizeof( PriorityQ ));
- if (pq == NULL) return NULL;
-
- pq->heap = pqHeapNewPriorityQ( alloc, size, leq );
- if (pq->heap == NULL) {
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq );
- return NULL;
- }
-
-// pq->keys = (PQkey *)memAlloc( INIT_SIZE * sizeof(pq->keys[0]) );
- pq->keys = (PQkey *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, size * sizeof(pq->keys[0]) );
- if (pq->keys == NULL) {
- pqHeapDeletePriorityQ( alloc, pq->heap );
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq );
- return NULL;
- }
-
- pq->size = 0;
- pq->max = size; //INIT_SIZE;
- pq->initialized = FALSE;
- pq->leq = leq;
-
- return pq;
-}
-
-/* really tessPqSortDeletePriorityQ */
-void pqDeletePriorityQ( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQ *pq )
-{
- assert(pq != NULL);
- if (pq->heap != NULL) pqHeapDeletePriorityQ( alloc, pq->heap );
- if (pq->order != NULL) alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq->order );
- if (pq->keys != NULL) alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq->keys );
- alloc->memfree( alloc->userData, pq );
-}
-
-
-#define LT(x,y) (! LEQ(y,x))
-#define GT(x,y) (! LEQ(x,y))
-#define Swap(a,b) if(1){PQkey *tmp = *a; *a = *b; *b = tmp;}else
-
-/* really tessPqSortInit */
-int pqInit( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQ *pq )
-{
- PQkey **p, **r, **i, **j, *piv;
- struct { PQkey **p, **r; } Stack[50], *top = Stack;
- unsigned int seed = 2016473283;
-
- /* Create an array of indirect pointers to the keys, so that we
- * the handles we have returned are still valid.
- */
- /*
- pq->order = (PQkey **)memAlloc( (size_t)
- (pq->size * sizeof(pq->order[0])) );
- */
- pq->order = (PQkey **)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData,
- (unsigned int)((pq->size+1) * sizeof(pq->order[0])) );
- /* the previous line is a patch to compensate for the fact that IBM */
- /* machines return a null on a malloc of zero bytes (unlike SGI), */
- /* so we have to put in this defense to guard against a memory */
- /* fault four lines down. from fossum@austin.ibm.com. */
- if (pq->order == NULL) return 0;
-
- p = pq->order;
- r = p + pq->size - 1;
- for( piv = pq->keys, i = p; i <= r; ++piv, ++i ) {
- *i = piv;
- }
-
- /* Sort the indirect pointers in descending order,
- * using randomized Quicksort
- */
- top->p = p; top->r = r; ++top;
- while( --top >= Stack ) {
- p = top->p;
- r = top->r;
- while( r > p + 10 ) {
- seed = seed * 1539415821 + 1;
- i = p + seed % (r - p + 1);
- piv = *i;
- *i = *p;
- *p = piv;
- i = p - 1;
- j = r + 1;
- do {
- do { ++i; } while( GT( **i, *piv ));
- do { --j; } while( LT( **j, *piv ));
- Swap( i, j );
- } while( i < j );
- Swap( i, j ); /* Undo last swap */
- if( i - p < r - j ) {
- top->p = j+1; top->r = r; ++top;
- r = i-1;
- } else {
- top->p = p; top->r = i-1; ++top;
- p = j+1;
- }
- }
- /* Insertion sort small lists */
- for( i = p+1; i <= r; ++i ) {
- piv = *i;
- for( j = i; j > p && LT( **(j-1), *piv ); --j ) {
- *j = *(j-1);
- }
- *j = piv;
- }
- }
- pq->max = pq->size;
- pq->initialized = TRUE;
- pqHeapInit( pq->heap ); /* always succeeds */
-
-#ifndef NDEBUG
- p = pq->order;
- r = p + pq->size - 1;
- for( i = p; i < r; ++i ) {
- assert( LEQ( **(i+1), **i ));
- }
-#endif
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* really tessPqSortInsert */
-/* returns INV_HANDLE iff out of memory */
-PQhandle pqInsert( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQ *pq, PQkey keyNew )
-{
- int curr;
-
- if( pq->initialized ) {
- return pqHeapInsert( alloc, pq->heap, keyNew );
- }
- curr = pq->size;
- if( ++ pq->size >= pq->max ) {
- if (!alloc->memrealloc)
- {
- return INV_HANDLE;
- }
- else
- {
- PQkey *saveKey= pq->keys;
- // If the heap overflows, double its size.
- pq->max <<= 1;
- pq->keys = (PQkey *)alloc->memrealloc( alloc->userData, pq->keys,
- (unsigned int)(pq->max * sizeof( pq->keys[0] )));
- if (pq->keys == NULL) {
- pq->keys = saveKey; // restore ptr to free upon return
- return INV_HANDLE;
- }
- }
- }
- assert(curr != INV_HANDLE);
- pq->keys[curr] = keyNew;
-
- /* Negative handles index the sorted array. */
- return -(curr+1);
-}
-
-/* really tessPqSortExtractMin */
-PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq )
-{
- PQkey sortMin, heapMin;
-
- if( pq->size == 0 ) {
- return pqHeapExtractMin( pq->heap );
- }
- sortMin = *(pq->order[pq->size-1]);
- if( ! pqHeapIsEmpty( pq->heap )) {
- heapMin = pqHeapMinimum( pq->heap );
- if( LEQ( heapMin, sortMin )) {
- return pqHeapExtractMin( pq->heap );
- }
- }
- do {
- -- pq->size;
- } while( pq->size > 0 && *(pq->order[pq->size-1]) == NULL );
- return sortMin;
-}
-
-/* really tessPqSortMinimum */
-PQkey pqMinimum( PriorityQ *pq )
-{
- PQkey sortMin, heapMin;
-
- if( pq->size == 0 ) {
- return pqHeapMinimum( pq->heap );
- }
- sortMin = *(pq->order[pq->size-1]);
- if( ! pqHeapIsEmpty( pq->heap )) {
- heapMin = pqHeapMinimum( pq->heap );
- if( LEQ( heapMin, sortMin )) {
- return heapMin;
- }
- }
- return sortMin;
-}
-
-/* really tessPqSortIsEmpty */
-int pqIsEmpty( PriorityQ *pq )
-{
- return (pq->size == 0) && pqHeapIsEmpty( pq->heap );
-}
-
-/* really tessPqSortDelete */
-void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle curr )
-{
- if( curr >= 0 ) {
- pqHeapDelete( pq->heap, curr );
- return;
- }
- curr = -(curr+1);
- assert( curr < pq->max && pq->keys[curr] != NULL );
-
- pq->keys[curr] = NULL;
- while( pq->size > 0 && *(pq->order[pq->size-1]) == NULL ) {
- -- pq->size;
- }
-}
diff --git a/src/libtess2/priorityq.h b/src/libtess2/priorityq.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 42d933449e..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/priorityq.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#ifndef PRIORITYQ_H
-#define PRIORITYQ_H
-
-/* The basic operations are insertion of a new key (pqInsert),
-* and examination/extraction of a key whose value is minimum
-* (pqMinimum/pqExtractMin). Deletion is also allowed (pqDelete);
-* for this purpose pqInsert returns a "handle" which is supplied
-* as the argument.
-*
-* An initial heap may be created efficiently by calling pqInsert
-* repeatedly, then calling pqInit. In any case pqInit must be called
-* before any operations other than pqInsert are used.
-*
-* If the heap is empty, pqMinimum/pqExtractMin will return a NULL key.
-* This may also be tested with pqIsEmpty.
-*/
-
-/* Since we support deletion the data structure is a little more
-* complicated than an ordinary heap. "nodes" is the heap itself;
-* active nodes are stored in the range 1..pq->size. When the
-* heap exceeds its allocated size (pq->max), its size doubles.
-* The children of node i are nodes 2i and 2i+1.
-*
-* Each node stores an index into an array "handles". Each handle
-* stores a key, plus a pointer back to the node which currently
-* represents that key (ie. nodes[handles[i].node].handle == i).
-*/
-
-typedef void *PQkey;
-typedef int PQhandle;
-typedef struct PriorityQHeap PriorityQHeap;
-
-#define INV_HANDLE 0x0fffffff
-
-typedef struct { PQhandle handle; } PQnode;
-typedef struct { PQkey key; PQhandle node; } PQhandleElem;
-
-struct PriorityQHeap {
-
- PQnode *nodes;
- PQhandleElem *handles;
- int size, max;
- PQhandle freeList;
- int initialized;
-
- int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2);
-};
-
-typedef struct PriorityQ PriorityQ;
-
-struct PriorityQ {
- PriorityQHeap *heap;
-
- PQkey *keys;
- PQkey **order;
- PQhandle size, max;
- int initialized;
-
- int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2);
-};
-
-PriorityQ *pqNewPriorityQ( TESSalloc* alloc, int size, int (*leq)(PQkey key1, PQkey key2) );
-void pqDeletePriorityQ( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQ *pq );
-
-int pqInit( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQ *pq );
-PQhandle pqInsert( TESSalloc* alloc, PriorityQ *pq, PQkey key );
-PQkey pqExtractMin( PriorityQ *pq );
-void pqDelete( PriorityQ *pq, PQhandle handle );
-
-PQkey pqMinimum( PriorityQ *pq );
-int pqIsEmpty( PriorityQ *pq );
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/sweep.c b/src/libtess2/sweep.c
deleted file mode 100755
index be3ee561ce..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/sweep.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1325 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <setjmp.h> /* longjmp */
-
-#include "mesh.h"
-#include "geom.h"
-#include "tess.h"
-#include "dict.h"
-#include "priorityq.h"
-#include "bucketalloc.h"
-#include "sweep.h"
-
-#define TRUE 1
-#define FALSE 0
-
-#ifdef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
-extern void DebugEvent( TESStesselator *tess );
-#else
-#define DebugEvent( tess )
-#endif
-
-/*
-* Invariants for the Edge Dictionary.
-* - each pair of adjacent edges e2=Succ(e1) satisfies EdgeLeq(e1,e2)
-* at any valid location of the sweep event
-* - if EdgeLeq(e2,e1) as well (at any valid sweep event), then e1 and e2
-* share a common endpoint
-* - for each e, e->Dst has been processed, but not e->Org
-* - each edge e satisfies VertLeq(e->Dst,event) && VertLeq(event,e->Org)
-* where "event" is the current sweep line event.
-* - no edge e has zero length
-*
-* Invariants for the Mesh (the processed portion).
-* - the portion of the mesh left of the sweep line is a planar graph,
-* ie. there is *some* way to embed it in the plane
-* - no processed edge has zero length
-* - no two processed vertices have identical coordinates
-* - each "inside" region is monotone, ie. can be broken into two chains
-* of monotonically increasing vertices according to VertLeq(v1,v2)
-* - a non-invariant: these chains may intersect (very slightly)
-*
-* Invariants for the Sweep.
-* - if none of the edges incident to the event vertex have an activeRegion
-* (ie. none of these edges are in the edge dictionary), then the vertex
-* has only right-going edges.
-* - if an edge is marked "fixUpperEdge" (it is a temporary edge introduced
-* by ConnectRightVertex), then it is the only right-going edge from
-* its associated vertex. (This says that these edges exist only
-* when it is necessary.)
-*/
-
-#define MAX(x,y) ((x) >= (y) ? (x) : (y))
-#define MIN(x,y) ((x) <= (y) ? (x) : (y))
-
-/* When we merge two edges into one, we need to compute the combined
-* winding of the new edge.
-*/
-#define AddWinding(eDst,eSrc) (eDst->winding += eSrc->winding, \
- eDst->Sym->winding += eSrc->Sym->winding)
-
-static void SweepEvent( TESStesselator *tess, TESSvertex *vEvent );
-static void WalkDirtyRegions( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp );
-static int CheckForRightSplice( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp );
-
-static int EdgeLeq( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *reg1, ActiveRegion *reg2 )
-/*
-* Both edges must be directed from right to left (this is the canonical
-* direction for the upper edge of each region).
-*
-* The strategy is to evaluate a "t" value for each edge at the
-* current sweep line position, given by tess->event. The calculations
-* are designed to be very stable, but of course they are not perfect.
-*
-* Special case: if both edge destinations are at the sweep event,
-* we sort the edges by slope (they would otherwise compare equally).
-*/
-{
- TESSvertex *event = tess->event;
- TESShalfEdge *e1, *e2;
- TESSreal t1, t2;
-
- e1 = reg1->eUp;
- e2 = reg2->eUp;
-
- if( e1->Dst == event ) {
- if( e2->Dst == event ) {
- /* Two edges right of the sweep line which meet at the sweep event.
- * Sort them by slope.
- */
- if( VertLeq( e1->Org, e2->Org )) {
- return EdgeSign( e2->Dst, e1->Org, e2->Org ) <= 0;
- }
- return EdgeSign( e1->Dst, e2->Org, e1->Org ) >= 0;
- }
- return EdgeSign( e2->Dst, event, e2->Org ) <= 0;
- }
- if( e2->Dst == event ) {
- return EdgeSign( e1->Dst, event, e1->Org ) >= 0;
- }
-
- /* General case - compute signed distance *from* e1, e2 to event */
- t1 = EdgeEval( e1->Dst, event, e1->Org );
- t2 = EdgeEval( e2->Dst, event, e2->Org );
- return (t1 >= t2);
-}
-
-
-static void DeleteRegion( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *reg )
-{
- if( reg->fixUpperEdge ) {
- /* It was created with zero winding number, so it better be
- * deleted with zero winding number (ie. it better not get merged
- * with a real edge).
- */
- assert( reg->eUp->winding == 0 );
- }
- reg->eUp->activeRegion = NULL;
- dictDelete( tess->dict, reg->nodeUp );
- bucketFree( tess->regionPool, reg );
-}
-
-
-static int FixUpperEdge( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *reg, TESShalfEdge *newEdge )
-/*
-* Replace an upper edge which needs fixing (see ConnectRightVertex).
-*/
-{
- assert( reg->fixUpperEdge );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, reg->eUp ) ) return 0;
- reg->fixUpperEdge = FALSE;
- reg->eUp = newEdge;
- newEdge->activeRegion = reg;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-static ActiveRegion *TopLeftRegion( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *reg )
-{
- TESSvertex *org = reg->eUp->Org;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
-
- /* Find the region above the uppermost edge with the same origin */
- do {
- reg = RegionAbove( reg );
- } while( reg->eUp->Org == org );
-
- /* If the edge above was a temporary edge introduced by ConnectRightVertex,
- * now is the time to fix it.
- */
- if( reg->fixUpperEdge ) {
- e = tessMeshConnect( tess->mesh, RegionBelow(reg)->eUp->Sym, reg->eUp->Lnext );
- if (e == NULL) return NULL;
- if ( !FixUpperEdge( tess, reg, e ) ) return NULL;
- reg = RegionAbove( reg );
- }
- return reg;
-}
-
-static ActiveRegion *TopRightRegion( ActiveRegion *reg )
-{
- TESSvertex *dst = reg->eUp->Dst;
-
- /* Find the region above the uppermost edge with the same destination */
- do {
- reg = RegionAbove( reg );
- } while( reg->eUp->Dst == dst );
- return reg;
-}
-
-static ActiveRegion *AddRegionBelow( TESStesselator *tess,
- ActiveRegion *regAbove,
- TESShalfEdge *eNewUp )
-/*
-* Add a new active region to the sweep line, *somewhere* below "regAbove"
-* (according to where the new edge belongs in the sweep-line dictionary).
-* The upper edge of the new region will be "eNewUp".
-* Winding number and "inside" flag are not updated.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regNew = (ActiveRegion *)bucketAlloc( tess->regionPool );
- if (regNew == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-
- regNew->eUp = eNewUp;
- regNew->nodeUp = dictInsertBefore( tess->dict, regAbove->nodeUp, regNew );
- if (regNew->nodeUp == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regNew->fixUpperEdge = FALSE;
- regNew->sentinel = FALSE;
- regNew->dirty = FALSE;
-
- eNewUp->activeRegion = regNew;
- return regNew;
-}
-
-static int IsWindingInside( TESStesselator *tess, int n )
-{
- switch( tess->windingRule ) {
- case TESS_WINDING_ODD:
- return (n & 1);
- case TESS_WINDING_NONZERO:
- return (n != 0);
- case TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE:
- return (n > 0);
- case TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE:
- return (n < 0);
- case TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO:
- return (n >= 2) || (n <= -2);
- }
- /*LINTED*/
- assert( FALSE );
- /*NOTREACHED*/
-
- return( FALSE );
-}
-
-
-static void ComputeWinding( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *reg )
-{
- reg->windingNumber = RegionAbove(reg)->windingNumber + reg->eUp->winding;
- reg->inside = IsWindingInside( tess, reg->windingNumber );
-}
-
-
-static void FinishRegion( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *reg )
-/*
-* Delete a region from the sweep line. This happens when the upper
-* and lower chains of a region meet (at a vertex on the sweep line).
-* The "inside" flag is copied to the appropriate mesh face (we could
-* not do this before -- since the structure of the mesh is always
-* changing, this face may not have even existed until now).
-*/
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e = reg->eUp;
- TESSface *f = e->Lface;
-
- f->inside = reg->inside;
- f->anEdge = e; /* optimization for tessMeshTessellateMonoRegion() */
- DeleteRegion( tess, reg );
-}
-
-
-static TESShalfEdge *FinishLeftRegions( TESStesselator *tess,
- ActiveRegion *regFirst, ActiveRegion *regLast )
-/*
-* We are given a vertex with one or more left-going edges. All affected
-* edges should be in the edge dictionary. Starting at regFirst->eUp,
-* we walk down deleting all regions where both edges have the same
-* origin vOrg. At the same time we copy the "inside" flag from the
-* active region to the face, since at this point each face will belong
-* to at most one region (this was not necessarily true until this point
-* in the sweep). The walk stops at the region above regLast; if regLast
-* is NULL we walk as far as possible. At the same time we relink the
-* mesh if necessary, so that the ordering of edges around vOrg is the
-* same as in the dictionary.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *reg, *regPrev;
- TESShalfEdge *e, *ePrev;
-
- regPrev = regFirst;
- ePrev = regFirst->eUp;
- while( regPrev != regLast ) {
- regPrev->fixUpperEdge = FALSE; /* placement was OK */
- reg = RegionBelow( regPrev );
- e = reg->eUp;
- if( e->Org != ePrev->Org ) {
- if( ! reg->fixUpperEdge ) {
- /* Remove the last left-going edge. Even though there are no further
- * edges in the dictionary with this origin, there may be further
- * such edges in the mesh (if we are adding left edges to a vertex
- * that has already been processed). Thus it is important to call
- * FinishRegion rather than just DeleteRegion.
- */
- FinishRegion( tess, regPrev );
- break;
- }
- /* If the edge below was a temporary edge introduced by
- * ConnectRightVertex, now is the time to fix it.
- */
- e = tessMeshConnect( tess->mesh, ePrev->Lprev, e->Sym );
- if (e == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !FixUpperEdge( tess, reg, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
-
- /* Relink edges so that ePrev->Onext == e */
- if( ePrev->Onext != e ) {
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, e->Oprev, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, ePrev, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- FinishRegion( tess, regPrev ); /* may change reg->eUp */
- ePrev = reg->eUp;
- regPrev = reg;
- }
- return ePrev;
-}
-
-
-static void AddRightEdges( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp,
- TESShalfEdge *eFirst, TESShalfEdge *eLast, TESShalfEdge *eTopLeft,
- int cleanUp )
-/*
-* Purpose: insert right-going edges into the edge dictionary, and update
-* winding numbers and mesh connectivity appropriately. All right-going
-* edges share a common origin vOrg. Edges are inserted CCW starting at
-* eFirst; the last edge inserted is eLast->Oprev. If vOrg has any
-* left-going edges already processed, then eTopLeft must be the edge
-* such that an imaginary upward vertical segment from vOrg would be
-* contained between eTopLeft->Oprev and eTopLeft; otherwise eTopLeft
-* should be NULL.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *reg, *regPrev;
- TESShalfEdge *e, *ePrev;
- int firstTime = TRUE;
-
- /* Insert the new right-going edges in the dictionary */
- e = eFirst;
- do {
- assert( VertLeq( e->Org, e->Dst ));
- AddRegionBelow( tess, regUp, e->Sym );
- e = e->Onext;
- } while ( e != eLast );
-
- /* Walk *all* right-going edges from e->Org, in the dictionary order,
- * updating the winding numbers of each region, and re-linking the mesh
- * edges to match the dictionary ordering (if necessary).
- */
- if( eTopLeft == NULL ) {
- eTopLeft = RegionBelow( regUp )->eUp->Rprev;
- }
- regPrev = regUp;
- ePrev = eTopLeft;
- for( ;; ) {
- reg = RegionBelow( regPrev );
- e = reg->eUp->Sym;
- if( e->Org != ePrev->Org ) break;
-
- if( e->Onext != ePrev ) {
- /* Unlink e from its current position, and relink below ePrev */
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, e->Oprev, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, ePrev->Oprev, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- /* Compute the winding number and "inside" flag for the new regions */
- reg->windingNumber = regPrev->windingNumber - e->winding;
- reg->inside = IsWindingInside( tess, reg->windingNumber );
-
- /* Check for two outgoing edges with same slope -- process these
- * before any intersection tests (see example in tessComputeInterior).
- */
- regPrev->dirty = TRUE;
- if( ! firstTime && CheckForRightSplice( tess, regPrev )) {
- AddWinding( e, ePrev );
- DeleteRegion( tess, regPrev );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, ePrev ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- firstTime = FALSE;
- regPrev = reg;
- ePrev = e;
- }
- regPrev->dirty = TRUE;
- assert( regPrev->windingNumber - e->winding == reg->windingNumber );
-
- if( cleanUp ) {
- /* Check for intersections between newly adjacent edges. */
- WalkDirtyRegions( tess, regPrev );
- }
-}
-
-
-static void SpliceMergeVertices( TESStesselator *tess, TESShalfEdge *e1,
- TESShalfEdge *e2 )
-/*
-* Two vertices with idential coordinates are combined into one.
-* e1->Org is kept, while e2->Org is discarded.
-*/
-{
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, e1, e2 ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-}
-
-static void VertexWeights( TESSvertex *isect, TESSvertex *org, TESSvertex *dst,
- TESSreal *weights )
-/*
-* Find some weights which describe how the intersection vertex is
-* a linear combination of "org" and "dest". Each of the two edges
-* which generated "isect" is allocated 50% of the weight; each edge
-* splits the weight between its org and dst according to the
-* relative distance to "isect".
-*/
-{
- TESSreal t1 = VertL1dist( org, isect );
- TESSreal t2 = VertL1dist( dst, isect );
-
- weights[0] = (TESSreal)0.5 * t2 / (t1 + t2);
- weights[1] = (TESSreal)0.5 * t1 / (t1 + t2);
- isect->coords[0] += weights[0]*org->coords[0] + weights[1]*dst->coords[0];
- isect->coords[1] += weights[0]*org->coords[1] + weights[1]*dst->coords[1];
- isect->coords[2] += weights[0]*org->coords[2] + weights[1]*dst->coords[2];
-}
-
-
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
-static void GetIntersectData( TESStesselator *tess, TESSvertex *isect,
- TESSvertex *orgUp, TESSvertex *dstUp,
- TESSvertex *orgLo, TESSvertex *dstLo )
- /*
- * We've computed a new intersection point, now we need a "data" pointer
- * from the user so that we can refer to this new vertex in the
- * rendering callbacks.
- */
-{
- TESSreal weights[4];
-
- isect->coords[0] = isect->coords[1] = isect->coords[2] = 0;
- isect->idx = TESS_UNDEF;
- VertexWeights( isect, orgUp, dstUp, &weights[0] );
- VertexWeights( isect, orgLo, dstLo, &weights[2] );
-}
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-
-static int CheckForRightSplice( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp )
-/*
-* Check the upper and lower edge of "regUp", to make sure that the
-* eUp->Org is above eLo, or eLo->Org is below eUp (depending on which
-* origin is leftmost).
-*
-* The main purpose is to splice right-going edges with the same
-* dest vertex and nearly identical slopes (ie. we can't distinguish
-* the slopes numerically). However the splicing can also help us
-* to recover from numerical errors. For example, suppose at one
-* point we checked eUp and eLo, and decided that eUp->Org is barely
-* above eLo. Then later, we split eLo into two edges (eg. from
-* a splice operation like this one). This can change the result of
-* our test so that now eUp->Org is incident to eLo, or barely below it.
-* We must correct this condition to maintain the dictionary invariants.
-*
-* One possibility is to check these edges for intersection again
-* (ie. CheckForIntersect). This is what we do if possible. However
-* CheckForIntersect requires that tess->event lies between eUp and eLo,
-* so that it has something to fall back on when the intersection
-* calculation gives us an unusable answer. So, for those cases where
-* we can't check for intersection, this routine fixes the problem
-* by just splicing the offending vertex into the other edge.
-* This is a guaranteed solution, no matter how degenerate things get.
-* Basically this is a combinatorial solution to a numerical problem.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regLo = RegionBelow(regUp);
- TESShalfEdge *eUp = regUp->eUp;
- TESShalfEdge *eLo = regLo->eUp;
-
- if( VertLeq( eUp->Org, eLo->Org )) {
- if( EdgeSign( eLo->Dst, eUp->Org, eLo->Org ) > 0 ) return FALSE;
-
- /* eUp->Org appears to be below eLo */
- if( ! VertEq( eUp->Org, eLo->Org )) {
- /* Splice eUp->Org into eLo */
- if ( tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eLo->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eUp, eLo->Oprev ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regUp->dirty = regLo->dirty = TRUE;
-
- } else if( eUp->Org != eLo->Org ) {
- /* merge the two vertices, discarding eUp->Org */
- pqDelete( tess->pq, eUp->Org->pqHandle );
- SpliceMergeVertices( tess, eLo->Oprev, eUp );
- }
- } else {
- if( EdgeSign( eUp->Dst, eLo->Org, eUp->Org ) < 0 ) return FALSE;
-
- /* eLo->Org appears to be above eUp, so splice eLo->Org into eUp */
- RegionAbove(regUp)->dirty = regUp->dirty = TRUE;
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eUp->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eLo->Oprev, eUp ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-static int CheckForLeftSplice( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp )
-/*
-* Check the upper and lower edge of "regUp", to make sure that the
-* eUp->Dst is above eLo, or eLo->Dst is below eUp (depending on which
-* destination is rightmost).
-*
-* Theoretically, this should always be true. However, splitting an edge
-* into two pieces can change the results of previous tests. For example,
-* suppose at one point we checked eUp and eLo, and decided that eUp->Dst
-* is barely above eLo. Then later, we split eLo into two edges (eg. from
-* a splice operation like this one). This can change the result of
-* the test so that now eUp->Dst is incident to eLo, or barely below it.
-* We must correct this condition to maintain the dictionary invariants
-* (otherwise new edges might get inserted in the wrong place in the
-* dictionary, and bad stuff will happen).
-*
-* We fix the problem by just splicing the offending vertex into the
-* other edge.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regLo = RegionBelow(regUp);
- TESShalfEdge *eUp = regUp->eUp;
- TESShalfEdge *eLo = regLo->eUp;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
-
- assert( ! VertEq( eUp->Dst, eLo->Dst ));
-
- if( VertLeq( eUp->Dst, eLo->Dst )) {
- if( EdgeSign( eUp->Dst, eLo->Dst, eUp->Org ) < 0 ) return FALSE;
-
- /* eLo->Dst is above eUp, so splice eLo->Dst into eUp */
- RegionAbove(regUp)->dirty = regUp->dirty = TRUE;
- e = tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eUp );
- if (e == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eLo->Sym, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- e->Lface->inside = regUp->inside;
- } else {
- if( EdgeSign( eLo->Dst, eUp->Dst, eLo->Org ) > 0 ) return FALSE;
-
- /* eUp->Dst is below eLo, so splice eUp->Dst into eLo */
- regUp->dirty = regLo->dirty = TRUE;
- e = tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eLo );
- if (e == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eUp->Lnext, eLo->Sym ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- e->Rface->inside = regUp->inside;
- }
- return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-static int CheckForIntersect( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp )
-/*
-* Check the upper and lower edges of the given region to see if
-* they intersect. If so, create the intersection and add it
-* to the data structures.
-*
-* Returns TRUE if adding the new intersection resulted in a recursive
-* call to AddRightEdges(); in this case all "dirty" regions have been
-* checked for intersections, and possibly regUp has been deleted.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regLo = RegionBelow(regUp);
- TESShalfEdge *eUp = regUp->eUp;
- TESShalfEdge *eLo = regLo->eUp;
- TESSvertex *orgUp = eUp->Org;
- TESSvertex *orgLo = eLo->Org;
- TESSvertex *dstUp = eUp->Dst;
- TESSvertex *dstLo = eLo->Dst;
- TESSreal tMinUp, tMaxLo;
- TESSvertex isect, *orgMin;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
-
- assert( ! VertEq( dstLo, dstUp ));
- assert( EdgeSign( dstUp, tess->event, orgUp ) <= 0 );
- assert( EdgeSign( dstLo, tess->event, orgLo ) >= 0 );
- assert( orgUp != tess->event && orgLo != tess->event );
- assert( ! regUp->fixUpperEdge && ! regLo->fixUpperEdge );
-
- if( orgUp == orgLo ) return FALSE; /* right endpoints are the same */
-
- tMinUp = MIN( orgUp->t, dstUp->t );
- tMaxLo = MAX( orgLo->t, dstLo->t );
- if( tMinUp > tMaxLo ) return FALSE; /* t ranges do not overlap */
-
- if( VertLeq( orgUp, orgLo )) {
- if( EdgeSign( dstLo, orgUp, orgLo ) > 0 ) return FALSE;
- } else {
- if( EdgeSign( dstUp, orgLo, orgUp ) < 0 ) return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* At this point the edges intersect, at least marginally */
- DebugEvent( tess );
-
- tesedgeIntersect( dstUp, orgUp, dstLo, orgLo, &isect );
- /* The following properties are guaranteed: */
- assert( MIN( orgUp->t, dstUp->t ) <= isect.t );
- assert( isect.t <= MAX( orgLo->t, dstLo->t ));
- assert( MIN( dstLo->s, dstUp->s ) <= isect.s );
- assert( isect.s <= MAX( orgLo->s, orgUp->s ));
-
- if( VertLeq( &isect, tess->event )) {
- /* The intersection point lies slightly to the left of the sweep line,
- * so move it until it''s slightly to the right of the sweep line.
- * (If we had perfect numerical precision, this would never happen
- * in the first place). The easiest and safest thing to do is
- * replace the intersection by tess->event.
- */
- isect.s = tess->event->s;
- isect.t = tess->event->t;
- }
- /* Similarly, if the computed intersection lies to the right of the
- * rightmost origin (which should rarely happen), it can cause
- * unbelievable inefficiency on sufficiently degenerate inputs.
- * (If you have the test program, try running test54.d with the
- * "X zoom" option turned on).
- */
- orgMin = VertLeq( orgUp, orgLo ) ? orgUp : orgLo;
- if( VertLeq( orgMin, &isect )) {
- isect.s = orgMin->s;
- isect.t = orgMin->t;
- }
-
- if( VertEq( &isect, orgUp ) || VertEq( &isect, orgLo )) {
- /* Easy case -- intersection at one of the right endpoints */
- (void) CheckForRightSplice( tess, regUp );
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- if( (! VertEq( dstUp, tess->event )
- && EdgeSign( dstUp, tess->event, &isect ) >= 0)
- || (! VertEq( dstLo, tess->event )
- && EdgeSign( dstLo, tess->event, &isect ) <= 0 ))
- {
- /* Very unusual -- the new upper or lower edge would pass on the
- * wrong side of the sweep event, or through it. This can happen
- * due to very small numerical errors in the intersection calculation.
- */
- if( dstLo == tess->event ) {
- /* Splice dstLo into eUp, and process the new region(s) */
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eUp->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eLo->Sym, eUp ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regUp = TopLeftRegion( tess, regUp );
- if (regUp == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eUp = RegionBelow(regUp)->eUp;
- FinishLeftRegions( tess, RegionBelow(regUp), regLo );
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, eUp->Oprev, eUp, eUp, TRUE );
- return TRUE;
- }
- if( dstUp == tess->event ) {
- /* Splice dstUp into eLo, and process the new region(s) */
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eLo->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eUp->Lnext, eLo->Oprev ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regLo = regUp;
- regUp = TopRightRegion( regUp );
- e = RegionBelow(regUp)->eUp->Rprev;
- regLo->eUp = eLo->Oprev;
- eLo = FinishLeftRegions( tess, regLo, NULL );
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, eLo->Onext, eUp->Rprev, e, TRUE );
- return TRUE;
- }
- /* Special case: called from ConnectRightVertex. If either
- * edge passes on the wrong side of tess->event, split it
- * (and wait for ConnectRightVertex to splice it appropriately).
- */
- if( EdgeSign( dstUp, tess->event, &isect ) >= 0 ) {
- RegionAbove(regUp)->dirty = regUp->dirty = TRUE;
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eUp->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eUp->Org->s = tess->event->s;
- eUp->Org->t = tess->event->t;
- }
- if( EdgeSign( dstLo, tess->event, &isect ) <= 0 ) {
- regUp->dirty = regLo->dirty = TRUE;
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eLo->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eLo->Org->s = tess->event->s;
- eLo->Org->t = tess->event->t;
- }
- /* leave the rest for ConnectRightVertex */
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- /* General case -- split both edges, splice into new vertex.
- * When we do the splice operation, the order of the arguments is
- * arbitrary as far as correctness goes. However, when the operation
- * creates a new face, the work done is proportional to the size of
- * the new face. We expect the faces in the processed part of
- * the mesh (ie. eUp->Lface) to be smaller than the faces in the
- * unprocessed original contours (which will be eLo->Oprev->Lface).
- */
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eUp->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, eLo->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eLo->Oprev, eUp ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eUp->Org->s = isect.s;
- eUp->Org->t = isect.t;
- eUp->Org->pqHandle = pqInsert( &tess->alloc, tess->pq, eUp->Org );
- if (eUp->Org->pqHandle == INV_HANDLE) {
- pqDeletePriorityQ( &tess->alloc, tess->pq );
- tess->pq = NULL;
- longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- GetIntersectData( tess, eUp->Org, orgUp, dstUp, orgLo, dstLo );
- RegionAbove(regUp)->dirty = regUp->dirty = regLo->dirty = TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-}
-
-static void WalkDirtyRegions( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp )
-/*
-* When the upper or lower edge of any region changes, the region is
-* marked "dirty". This routine walks through all the dirty regions
-* and makes sure that the dictionary invariants are satisfied
-* (see the comments at the beginning of this file). Of course
-* new dirty regions can be created as we make changes to restore
-* the invariants.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regLo = RegionBelow(regUp);
- TESShalfEdge *eUp, *eLo;
-
- for( ;; ) {
- /* Find the lowest dirty region (we walk from the bottom up). */
- while( regLo->dirty ) {
- regUp = regLo;
- regLo = RegionBelow(regLo);
- }
- if( ! regUp->dirty ) {
- regLo = regUp;
- regUp = RegionAbove( regUp );
- if( regUp == NULL || ! regUp->dirty ) {
- /* We've walked all the dirty regions */
- return;
- }
- }
- regUp->dirty = FALSE;
- eUp = regUp->eUp;
- eLo = regLo->eUp;
-
- if( eUp->Dst != eLo->Dst ) {
- /* Check that the edge ordering is obeyed at the Dst vertices. */
- if( CheckForLeftSplice( tess, regUp )) {
-
- /* If the upper or lower edge was marked fixUpperEdge, then
- * we no longer need it (since these edges are needed only for
- * vertices which otherwise have no right-going edges).
- */
- if( regLo->fixUpperEdge ) {
- DeleteRegion( tess, regLo );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, eLo ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regLo = RegionBelow( regUp );
- eLo = regLo->eUp;
- } else if( regUp->fixUpperEdge ) {
- DeleteRegion( tess, regUp );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, eUp ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regUp = RegionAbove( regLo );
- eUp = regUp->eUp;
- }
- }
- }
- if( eUp->Org != eLo->Org ) {
- if( eUp->Dst != eLo->Dst
- && ! regUp->fixUpperEdge && ! regLo->fixUpperEdge
- && (eUp->Dst == tess->event || eLo->Dst == tess->event) )
- {
- /* When all else fails in CheckForIntersect(), it uses tess->event
- * as the intersection location. To make this possible, it requires
- * that tess->event lie between the upper and lower edges, and also
- * that neither of these is marked fixUpperEdge (since in the worst
- * case it might splice one of these edges into tess->event, and
- * violate the invariant that fixable edges are the only right-going
- * edge from their associated vertex).
- */
- if( CheckForIntersect( tess, regUp )) {
- /* WalkDirtyRegions() was called recursively; we're done */
- return;
- }
- } else {
- /* Even though we can't use CheckForIntersect(), the Org vertices
- * may violate the dictionary edge ordering. Check and correct this.
- */
- (void) CheckForRightSplice( tess, regUp );
- }
- }
- if( eUp->Org == eLo->Org && eUp->Dst == eLo->Dst ) {
- /* A degenerate loop consisting of only two edges -- delete it. */
- AddWinding( eLo, eUp );
- DeleteRegion( tess, regUp );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, eUp ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regUp = RegionAbove( regLo );
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static void ConnectRightVertex( TESStesselator *tess, ActiveRegion *regUp,
- TESShalfEdge *eBottomLeft )
-/*
-* Purpose: connect a "right" vertex vEvent (one where all edges go left)
-* to the unprocessed portion of the mesh. Since there are no right-going
-* edges, two regions (one above vEvent and one below) are being merged
-* into one. "regUp" is the upper of these two regions.
-*
-* There are two reasons for doing this (adding a right-going edge):
-* - if the two regions being merged are "inside", we must add an edge
-* to keep them separated (the combined region would not be monotone).
-* - in any case, we must leave some record of vEvent in the dictionary,
-* so that we can merge vEvent with features that we have not seen yet.
-* For example, maybe there is a vertical edge which passes just to
-* the right of vEvent; we would like to splice vEvent into this edge.
-*
-* However, we don't want to connect vEvent to just any vertex. We don''t
-* want the new edge to cross any other edges; otherwise we will create
-* intersection vertices even when the input data had no self-intersections.
-* (This is a bad thing; if the user's input data has no intersections,
-* we don't want to generate any false intersections ourselves.)
-*
-* Our eventual goal is to connect vEvent to the leftmost unprocessed
-* vertex of the combined region (the union of regUp and regLo).
-* But because of unseen vertices with all right-going edges, and also
-* new vertices which may be created by edge intersections, we don''t
-* know where that leftmost unprocessed vertex is. In the meantime, we
-* connect vEvent to the closest vertex of either chain, and mark the region
-* as "fixUpperEdge". This flag says to delete and reconnect this edge
-* to the next processed vertex on the boundary of the combined region.
-* Quite possibly the vertex we connected to will turn out to be the
-* closest one, in which case we won''t need to make any changes.
-*/
-{
- TESShalfEdge *eNew;
- TESShalfEdge *eTopLeft = eBottomLeft->Onext;
- ActiveRegion *regLo = RegionBelow(regUp);
- TESShalfEdge *eUp = regUp->eUp;
- TESShalfEdge *eLo = regLo->eUp;
- int degenerate = FALSE;
-
- if( eUp->Dst != eLo->Dst ) {
- (void) CheckForIntersect( tess, regUp );
- }
-
- /* Possible new degeneracies: upper or lower edge of regUp may pass
- * through vEvent, or may coincide with new intersection vertex
- */
- if( VertEq( eUp->Org, tess->event )) {
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eTopLeft->Oprev, eUp ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regUp = TopLeftRegion( tess, regUp );
- if (regUp == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eTopLeft = RegionBelow( regUp )->eUp;
- FinishLeftRegions( tess, RegionBelow(regUp), regLo );
- degenerate = TRUE;
- }
- if( VertEq( eLo->Org, tess->event )) {
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, eBottomLeft, eLo->Oprev ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eBottomLeft = FinishLeftRegions( tess, regLo, NULL );
- degenerate = TRUE;
- }
- if( degenerate ) {
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, eBottomLeft->Onext, eTopLeft, eTopLeft, TRUE );
- return;
- }
-
- /* Non-degenerate situation -- need to add a temporary, fixable edge.
- * Connect to the closer of eLo->Org, eUp->Org.
- */
- if( VertLeq( eLo->Org, eUp->Org )) {
- eNew = eLo->Oprev;
- } else {
- eNew = eUp;
- }
- eNew = tessMeshConnect( tess->mesh, eBottomLeft->Lprev, eNew );
- if (eNew == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-
- /* Prevent cleanup, otherwise eNew might disappear before we've even
- * had a chance to mark it as a temporary edge.
- */
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, eNew, eNew->Onext, eNew->Onext, FALSE );
- eNew->Sym->activeRegion->fixUpperEdge = TRUE;
- WalkDirtyRegions( tess, regUp );
-}
-
-/* Because vertices at exactly the same location are merged together
-* before we process the sweep event, some degenerate cases can't occur.
-* However if someone eventually makes the modifications required to
-* merge features which are close together, the cases below marked
-* TOLERANCE_NONZERO will be useful. They were debugged before the
-* code to merge identical vertices in the main loop was added.
-*/
-#define TOLERANCE_NONZERO FALSE
-
-static void ConnectLeftDegenerate( TESStesselator *tess,
- ActiveRegion *regUp, TESSvertex *vEvent )
-/*
-* The event vertex lies exacty on an already-processed edge or vertex.
-* Adding the new vertex involves splicing it into the already-processed
-* part of the mesh.
-*/
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eTopLeft, *eTopRight, *eLast;
- ActiveRegion *reg;
-
- e = regUp->eUp;
- if( VertEq( e->Org, vEvent )) {
- /* e->Org is an unprocessed vertex - just combine them, and wait
- * for e->Org to be pulled from the queue
- */
- assert( TOLERANCE_NONZERO );
- SpliceMergeVertices( tess, e, vEvent->anEdge );
- return;
- }
-
- if( ! VertEq( e->Dst, vEvent )) {
- /* General case -- splice vEvent into edge e which passes through it */
- if (tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, e->Sym ) == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if( regUp->fixUpperEdge ) {
- /* This edge was fixable -- delete unused portion of original edge */
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, e->Onext ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- regUp->fixUpperEdge = FALSE;
- }
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, vEvent->anEdge, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- SweepEvent( tess, vEvent ); /* recurse */
- return;
- }
-
- /* vEvent coincides with e->Dst, which has already been processed.
- * Splice in the additional right-going edges.
- */
- assert( TOLERANCE_NONZERO );
- regUp = TopRightRegion( regUp );
- reg = RegionBelow( regUp );
- eTopRight = reg->eUp->Sym;
- eTopLeft = eLast = eTopRight->Onext;
- if( reg->fixUpperEdge ) {
- /* Here e->Dst has only a single fixable edge going right.
- * We can delete it since now we have some real right-going edges.
- */
- assert( eTopLeft != eTopRight ); /* there are some left edges too */
- DeleteRegion( tess, reg );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, eTopRight ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- eTopRight = eTopLeft->Oprev;
- }
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, vEvent->anEdge, eTopRight ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- if( ! EdgeGoesLeft( eTopLeft )) {
- /* e->Dst had no left-going edges -- indicate this to AddRightEdges() */
- eTopLeft = NULL;
- }
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, eTopRight->Onext, eLast, eTopLeft, TRUE );
-}
-
-
-static void ConnectLeftVertex( TESStesselator *tess, TESSvertex *vEvent )
-/*
-* Purpose: connect a "left" vertex (one where both edges go right)
-* to the processed portion of the mesh. Let R be the active region
-* containing vEvent, and let U and L be the upper and lower edge
-* chains of R. There are two possibilities:
-*
-* - the normal case: split R into two regions, by connecting vEvent to
-* the rightmost vertex of U or L lying to the left of the sweep line
-*
-* - the degenerate case: if vEvent is close enough to U or L, we
-* merge vEvent into that edge chain. The subcases are:
-* - merging with the rightmost vertex of U or L
-* - merging with the active edge of U or L
-* - merging with an already-processed portion of U or L
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regUp, *regLo, *reg;
- TESShalfEdge *eUp, *eLo, *eNew;
- ActiveRegion tmp;
-
- /* assert( vEvent->anEdge->Onext->Onext == vEvent->anEdge ); */
-
- /* Get a pointer to the active region containing vEvent */
- tmp.eUp = vEvent->anEdge->Sym;
- /* __GL_DICTLISTKEY */ /* tessDictListSearch */
- regUp = (ActiveRegion *)dictKey( dictSearch( tess->dict, &tmp ));
- regLo = RegionBelow( regUp );
- if( !regLo ) {
- // This may happen if the input polygon is coplanar.
- return;
- }
- eUp = regUp->eUp;
- eLo = regLo->eUp;
-
- /* Try merging with U or L first */
- if( EdgeSign( eUp->Dst, vEvent, eUp->Org ) == 0 ) {
- ConnectLeftDegenerate( tess, regUp, vEvent );
- return;
- }
-
- /* Connect vEvent to rightmost processed vertex of either chain.
- * e->Dst is the vertex that we will connect to vEvent.
- */
- reg = VertLeq( eLo->Dst, eUp->Dst ) ? regUp : regLo;
-
- if( regUp->inside || reg->fixUpperEdge) {
- if( reg == regUp ) {
- eNew = tessMeshConnect( tess->mesh, vEvent->anEdge->Sym, eUp->Lnext );
- if (eNew == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- } else {
- TESShalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= tessMeshConnect( tess->mesh, eLo->Dnext, vEvent->anEdge);
- if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-
- eNew = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
- }
- if( reg->fixUpperEdge ) {
- if ( !FixUpperEdge( tess, reg, eNew ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- } else {
- ComputeWinding( tess, AddRegionBelow( tess, regUp, eNew ));
- }
- SweepEvent( tess, vEvent );
- } else {
- /* The new vertex is in a region which does not belong to the polygon.
- * We don''t need to connect this vertex to the rest of the mesh.
- */
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, vEvent->anEdge, vEvent->anEdge, NULL, TRUE );
- }
-}
-
-
-static void SweepEvent( TESStesselator *tess, TESSvertex *vEvent )
-/*
-* Does everything necessary when the sweep line crosses a vertex.
-* Updates the mesh and the edge dictionary.
-*/
-{
- ActiveRegion *regUp, *reg;
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eTopLeft, *eBottomLeft;
-
- tess->event = vEvent; /* for access in EdgeLeq() */
- DebugEvent( tess );
-
- /* Check if this vertex is the right endpoint of an edge that is
- * already in the dictionary. In this case we don't need to waste
- * time searching for the location to insert new edges.
- */
- e = vEvent->anEdge;
- while( e->activeRegion == NULL ) {
- e = e->Onext;
- if( e == vEvent->anEdge ) {
- /* All edges go right -- not incident to any processed edges */
- ConnectLeftVertex( tess, vEvent );
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* Processing consists of two phases: first we "finish" all the
- * active regions where both the upper and lower edges terminate
- * at vEvent (ie. vEvent is closing off these regions).
- * We mark these faces "inside" or "outside" the polygon according
- * to their winding number, and delete the edges from the dictionary.
- * This takes care of all the left-going edges from vEvent.
- */
- regUp = TopLeftRegion( tess, e->activeRegion );
- if (regUp == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- reg = RegionBelow( regUp );
- eTopLeft = reg->eUp;
- eBottomLeft = FinishLeftRegions( tess, reg, NULL );
-
- /* Next we process all the right-going edges from vEvent. This
- * involves adding the edges to the dictionary, and creating the
- * associated "active regions" which record information about the
- * regions between adjacent dictionary edges.
- */
- if( eBottomLeft->Onext == eTopLeft ) {
- /* No right-going edges -- add a temporary "fixable" edge */
- ConnectRightVertex( tess, regUp, eBottomLeft );
- } else {
- AddRightEdges( tess, regUp, eBottomLeft->Onext, eTopLeft, eTopLeft, TRUE );
- }
-}
-
-
-/* Make the sentinel coordinates big enough that they will never be
-* merged with real input features.
-*/
-
-static void AddSentinel( TESStesselator *tess, TESSreal smin, TESSreal smax, TESSreal t )
-/*
-* We add two sentinel edges above and below all other edges,
-* to avoid special cases at the top and bottom.
-*/
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e;
- ActiveRegion *reg = (ActiveRegion *)bucketAlloc( tess->regionPool );
- if (reg == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-
- e = tessMeshMakeEdge( tess->mesh );
- if (e == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-
- e->Org->s = smax;
- e->Org->t = t;
- e->Dst->s = smin;
- e->Dst->t = t;
- tess->event = e->Dst; /* initialize it */
-
- reg->eUp = e;
- reg->windingNumber = 0;
- reg->inside = FALSE;
- reg->fixUpperEdge = FALSE;
- reg->sentinel = TRUE;
- reg->dirty = FALSE;
- reg->nodeUp = dictInsert( tess->dict, reg );
- if (reg->nodeUp == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-}
-
-
-static void InitEdgeDict( TESStesselator *tess )
-/*
-* We maintain an ordering of edge intersections with the sweep line.
-* This order is maintained in a dynamic dictionary.
-*/
-{
- TESSreal w, h;
- TESSreal smin, smax, tmin, tmax;
-
- tess->dict = dictNewDict( &tess->alloc, tess, (int (*)(void *, DictKey, DictKey)) EdgeLeq );
- if (tess->dict == NULL) longjmp(tess->env,1);
-
- w = (tess->bmax[0] - tess->bmin[0]);
- h = (tess->bmax[1] - tess->bmin[1]);
-
- smin = tess->bmin[0] - w;
- smax = tess->bmax[0] + w;
- tmin = tess->bmin[1] - h;
- tmax = tess->bmax[1] + h;
-
- AddSentinel( tess, smin, smax, tmin );
- AddSentinel( tess, smin, smax, tmax );
-}
-
-
-static void DoneEdgeDict( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- ActiveRegion *reg;
- int fixedEdges = 0;
-
- while( (reg = (ActiveRegion *)dictKey( dictMin( tess->dict ))) != NULL ) {
- /*
- * At the end of all processing, the dictionary should contain
- * only the two sentinel edges, plus at most one "fixable" edge
- * created by ConnectRightVertex().
- */
- if( ! reg->sentinel ) {
- assert( reg->fixUpperEdge );
- assert( ++fixedEdges == 1 );
- }
- assert( reg->windingNumber == 0 );
- DeleteRegion( tess, reg );
- /* tessMeshDelete( reg->eUp );*/
- }
- dictDeleteDict( &tess->alloc, tess->dict );
-}
-
-
-static void RemoveDegenerateEdges( TESStesselator *tess )
-/*
-* Remove zero-length edges, and contours with fewer than 3 vertices.
-*/
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eNext, *eLnext;
- TESShalfEdge *eHead = &tess->mesh->eHead;
-
- /*LINTED*/
- for( e = eHead->next; e != eHead; e = eNext ) {
- eNext = e->next;
- eLnext = e->Lnext;
-
- if( VertEq( e->Org, e->Dst ) && e->Lnext->Lnext != e ) {
- /* Zero-length edge, contour has at least 3 edges */
-
- SpliceMergeVertices( tess, eLnext, e ); /* deletes e->Org */
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1); /* e is a self-loop */
- e = eLnext;
- eLnext = e->Lnext;
- }
- if( eLnext->Lnext == e ) {
- /* Degenerate contour (one or two edges) */
-
- if( eLnext != e ) {
- if( eLnext == eNext || eLnext == eNext->Sym ) { eNext = eNext->next; }
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, eLnext ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- if( e == eNext || e == eNext->Sym ) { eNext = eNext->next; }
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, e ) ) longjmp(tess->env,1);
- }
- }
-}
-
-static int InitPriorityQ( TESStesselator *tess )
-/*
-* Insert all vertices into the priority queue which determines the
-* order in which vertices cross the sweep line.
-*/
-{
- PriorityQ *pq;
- TESSvertex *v, *vHead;
- int vertexCount = 0;
-
- vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
- vertexCount++;
- }
- /* Make sure there is enough space for sentinels. */
- vertexCount += MAX( 8, tess->alloc.extraVertices );
-
- pq = tess->pq = pqNewPriorityQ( &tess->alloc, vertexCount, (int (*)(PQkey, PQkey)) tesvertLeq );
- if (pq == NULL) return 0;
-
- vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
- v->pqHandle = pqInsert( &tess->alloc, pq, v );
- if (v->pqHandle == INV_HANDLE)
- break;
- }
- if (v != vHead || !pqInit( &tess->alloc, pq ) ) {
- pqDeletePriorityQ( &tess->alloc, tess->pq );
- tess->pq = NULL;
- return 0;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-static void DonePriorityQ( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- pqDeletePriorityQ( &tess->alloc, tess->pq );
-}
-
-
-static int RemoveDegenerateFaces( TESStesselator *tess, TESSmesh *mesh )
-/*
-* Delete any degenerate faces with only two edges. WalkDirtyRegions()
-* will catch almost all of these, but it won't catch degenerate faces
-* produced by splice operations on already-processed edges.
-* The two places this can happen are in FinishLeftRegions(), when
-* we splice in a "temporary" edge produced by ConnectRightVertex(),
-* and in CheckForLeftSplice(), where we splice already-processed
-* edges to ensure that our dictionary invariants are not violated
-* by numerical errors.
-*
-* In both these cases it is *very* dangerous to delete the offending
-* edge at the time, since one of the routines further up the stack
-* will sometimes be keeping a pointer to that edge.
-*/
-{
- TESSface *f, *fNext;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
-
- /*LINTED*/
- for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = fNext ) {
- fNext = f->next;
- e = f->anEdge;
- assert( e->Lnext != e );
-
- if( e->Lnext->Lnext == e ) {
- /* A face with only two edges */
- AddWinding( e->Onext, e );
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( tess->mesh, e ) ) return 0;
- }
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-int tessComputeInterior( TESStesselator *tess )
-/*
-* tessComputeInterior( tess ) computes the planar arrangement specified
-* by the given contours, and further subdivides this arrangement
-* into regions. Each region is marked "inside" if it belongs
-* to the polygon, according to the rule given by tess->windingRule.
-* Each interior region is guaranteed be monotone.
-*/
-{
- TESSvertex *v, *vNext;
-
- /* Each vertex defines an event for our sweep line. Start by inserting
- * all the vertices in a priority queue. Events are processed in
- * lexicographic order, ie.
- *
- * e1 < e2 iff e1.x < e2.x || (e1.x == e2.x && e1.y < e2.y)
- */
- RemoveDegenerateEdges( tess );
- if ( !InitPriorityQ( tess ) ) return 0; /* if error */
- InitEdgeDict( tess );
-
- while( (v = (TESSvertex *)pqExtractMin( tess->pq )) != NULL ) {
- for( ;; ) {
- vNext = (TESSvertex *)pqMinimum( tess->pq );
- if( vNext == NULL || ! VertEq( vNext, v )) break;
-
- /* Merge together all vertices at exactly the same location.
- * This is more efficient than processing them one at a time,
- * simplifies the code (see ConnectLeftDegenerate), and is also
- * important for correct handling of certain degenerate cases.
- * For example, suppose there are two identical edges A and B
- * that belong to different contours (so without this code they would
- * be processed by separate sweep events). Suppose another edge C
- * crosses A and B from above. When A is processed, we split it
- * at its intersection point with C. However this also splits C,
- * so when we insert B we may compute a slightly different
- * intersection point. This might leave two edges with a small
- * gap between them. This kind of error is especially obvious
- * when using boundary extraction (TESS_BOUNDARY_ONLY).
- */
- vNext = (TESSvertex *)pqExtractMin( tess->pq );
- SpliceMergeVertices( tess, v->anEdge, vNext->anEdge );
- }
- SweepEvent( tess, v );
- }
-
- /* Set tess->event for debugging purposes */
- tess->event = ((ActiveRegion *) dictKey( dictMin( tess->dict )))->eUp->Org;
- DebugEvent( tess );
- DoneEdgeDict( tess );
- DonePriorityQ( tess );
-
- if ( !RemoveDegenerateFaces( tess, tess->mesh ) ) return 0;
- tessMeshCheckMesh( tess->mesh );
-
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/src/libtess2/sweep.h b/src/libtess2/sweep.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 95bd65a49a..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/sweep.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#ifndef SWEEP_H
-#define SWEEP_H
-
-#include "mesh.h"
-
-/* tessComputeInterior( tess ) computes the planar arrangement specified
-* by the given contours, and further subdivides this arrangement
-* into regions. Each region is marked "inside" if it belongs
-* to the polygon, according to the rule given by tess->windingRule.
-* Each interior region is guaranteed be monotone.
-*/
-int tessComputeInterior( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-
-/* The following is here *only* for access by debugging routines */
-
-#include "dict.h"
-
-/* For each pair of adjacent edges crossing the sweep line, there is
-* an ActiveRegion to represent the region between them. The active
-* regions are kept in sorted order in a dynamic dictionary. As the
-* sweep line crosses each vertex, we update the affected regions.
-*/
-
-struct ActiveRegion {
- TESShalfEdge *eUp; /* upper edge, directed right to left */
- DictNode *nodeUp; /* dictionary node corresponding to eUp */
- int windingNumber; /* used to determine which regions are
- * inside the polygon */
- int inside; /* is this region inside the polygon? */
- int sentinel; /* marks fake edges at t = +/-infinity */
- int dirty; /* marks regions where the upper or lower
- * edge has changed, but we haven't checked
- * whether they intersect yet */
- int fixUpperEdge; /* marks temporary edges introduced when
- * we process a "right vertex" (one without
- * any edges leaving to the right) */
-};
-
-#define RegionBelow(r) ((ActiveRegion *) dictKey(dictPred((r)->nodeUp)))
-#define RegionAbove(r) ((ActiveRegion *) dictKey(dictSucc((r)->nodeUp)))
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/tess.c b/src/libtess2/tess.c
deleted file mode 100755
index 80c5b70f41..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/tess.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,960 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <setjmp.h>
-#include "bucketalloc.h"
-#include "tess.h"
-#include "mesh.h"
-#include "sweep.h"
-#include "geom.h"
-#include <math.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define TRUE 1
-#define FALSE 0
-
-#define Dot(u,v) (u[0]*v[0] + u[1]*v[1] + u[2]*v[2])
-
-#define ABS(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
-
-static int LongAxis( TESSreal v[3] )
-{
- int i = 0;
-
- if( ABS(v[1]) > ABS(v[0]) ) { i = 1; }
- if( ABS(v[2]) > ABS(v[i]) ) { i = 2; }
- return i;
-}
-
-static void ComputeNormal( TESStesselator *tess, TESSreal norm[3] )
-{
- TESSvertex *v, *v1, *v2;
- TESSreal c, tLen2, maxLen2;
- TESSreal maxVal[3], minVal[3], d1[3], d2[3], tNorm[3];
- TESSvertex *maxVert[3], *minVert[3];
- TESSvertex *vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
- int i;
-
- v = vHead->next;
- for( i = 0; i < 3; ++i ) {
- c = v->coords[i];
- minVal[i] = c;
- minVert[i] = v;
- maxVal[i] = c;
- maxVert[i] = v;
- }
-
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
- for( i = 0; i < 3; ++i ) {
- c = v->coords[i];
- if( c < minVal[i] ) { minVal[i] = c; minVert[i] = v; }
- if( c > maxVal[i] ) { maxVal[i] = c; maxVert[i] = v; }
- }
- }
-
- /* Find two vertices separated by at least 1/sqrt(3) of the maximum
- * distance between any two vertices
- */
- i = 0;
- if( maxVal[1] - minVal[1] > maxVal[0] - minVal[0] ) { i = 1; }
- if( maxVal[2] - minVal[2] > maxVal[i] - minVal[i] ) { i = 2; }
- if( minVal[i] >= maxVal[i] ) {
- /* All vertices are the same -- normal doesn't matter */
- norm[0] = 0; norm[1] = 0; norm[2] = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- /* Look for a third vertex which forms the triangle with maximum area
- * (Length of normal == twice the triangle area)
- */
- maxLen2 = 0;
- v1 = minVert[i];
- v2 = maxVert[i];
- d1[0] = v1->coords[0] - v2->coords[0];
- d1[1] = v1->coords[1] - v2->coords[1];
- d1[2] = v1->coords[2] - v2->coords[2];
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
- d2[0] = v->coords[0] - v2->coords[0];
- d2[1] = v->coords[1] - v2->coords[1];
- d2[2] = v->coords[2] - v2->coords[2];
- tNorm[0] = d1[1]*d2[2] - d1[2]*d2[1];
- tNorm[1] = d1[2]*d2[0] - d1[0]*d2[2];
- tNorm[2] = d1[0]*d2[1] - d1[1]*d2[0];
- tLen2 = tNorm[0]*tNorm[0] + tNorm[1]*tNorm[1] + tNorm[2]*tNorm[2];
- if( tLen2 > maxLen2 ) {
- maxLen2 = tLen2;
- norm[0] = tNorm[0];
- norm[1] = tNorm[1];
- norm[2] = tNorm[2];
- }
- }
-
- if( maxLen2 <= 0 ) {
- /* All points lie on a single line -- any decent normal will do */
- norm[0] = norm[1] = norm[2] = 0;
- norm[LongAxis(d1)] = 1;
- }
-}
-
-
-static void CheckOrientation( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- TESSreal area;
- TESSface *f, *fHead = &tess->mesh->fHead;
- TESSvertex *v, *vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
-
- /* When we compute the normal automatically, we choose the orientation
- * so that the the sum of the signed areas of all contours is non-negative.
- */
- area = 0;
- for( f = fHead->next; f != fHead; f = f->next ) {
- e = f->anEdge;
- if( e->winding <= 0 ) continue;
- do {
- area += (e->Org->s - e->Dst->s) * (e->Org->t + e->Dst->t);
- e = e->Lnext;
- } while( e != f->anEdge );
- }
- if( area < 0 ) {
- /* Reverse the orientation by flipping all the t-coordinates */
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next ) {
- v->t = - v->t;
- }
- tess->tUnit[0] = - tess->tUnit[0];
- tess->tUnit[1] = - tess->tUnit[1];
- tess->tUnit[2] = - tess->tUnit[2];
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM
-#include <stdlib.h>
-extern int RandomSweep;
-#define S_UNIT_X (RandomSweep ? (2*drand48()-1) : 1.0)
-#define S_UNIT_Y (RandomSweep ? (2*drand48()-1) : 0.0)
-#else
-#if defined(SLANTED_SWEEP)
-/* The "feature merging" is not intended to be complete. There are
-* special cases where edges are nearly parallel to the sweep line
-* which are not implemented. The algorithm should still behave
-* robustly (ie. produce a reasonable tesselation) in the presence
-* of such edges, however it may miss features which could have been
-* merged. We could minimize this effect by choosing the sweep line
-* direction to be something unusual (ie. not parallel to one of the
-* coordinate axes).
-*/
-#define S_UNIT_X (TESSreal)0.50941539564955385 /* Pre-normalized */
-#define S_UNIT_Y (TESSreal)0.86052074622010633
-#else
-#define S_UNIT_X (TESSreal)1.0
-#define S_UNIT_Y (TESSreal)0.0
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Determine the polygon normal and project vertices onto the plane
-* of the polygon.
-*/
-void tessProjectPolygon( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- TESSvertex *v, *vHead = &tess->mesh->vHead;
- TESSreal norm[3];
- TESSreal *sUnit, *tUnit;
- int i, first, computedNormal = FALSE;
-
- norm[0] = tess->normal[0];
- norm[1] = tess->normal[1];
- norm[2] = tess->normal[2];
- if( norm[0] == 0 && norm[1] == 0 && norm[2] == 0 ) {
- ComputeNormal( tess, norm );
- computedNormal = TRUE;
- }
- sUnit = tess->sUnit;
- tUnit = tess->tUnit;
- i = LongAxis( norm );
-
-#if defined(FOR_TRITE_TEST_PROGRAM) || defined(TRUE_PROJECT)
- /* Choose the initial sUnit vector to be approximately perpendicular
- * to the normal.
- */
- Normalize( norm );
-
- sUnit[i] = 0;
- sUnit[(i+1)%3] = S_UNIT_X;
- sUnit[(i+2)%3] = S_UNIT_Y;
-
- /* Now make it exactly perpendicular */
- w = Dot( sUnit, norm );
- sUnit[0] -= w * norm[0];
- sUnit[1] -= w * norm[1];
- sUnit[2] -= w * norm[2];
- Normalize( sUnit );
-
- /* Choose tUnit so that (sUnit,tUnit,norm) form a right-handed frame */
- tUnit[0] = norm[1]*sUnit[2] - norm[2]*sUnit[1];
- tUnit[1] = norm[2]*sUnit[0] - norm[0]*sUnit[2];
- tUnit[2] = norm[0]*sUnit[1] - norm[1]*sUnit[0];
- Normalize( tUnit );
-#else
- /* Project perpendicular to a coordinate axis -- better numerically */
- sUnit[i] = 0;
- sUnit[(i+1)%3] = S_UNIT_X;
- sUnit[(i+2)%3] = S_UNIT_Y;
-
- tUnit[i] = 0;
- tUnit[(i+1)%3] = (norm[i] > 0) ? -S_UNIT_Y : S_UNIT_Y;
- tUnit[(i+2)%3] = (norm[i] > 0) ? S_UNIT_X : -S_UNIT_X;
-#endif
-
- /* Project the vertices onto the sweep plane */
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next )
- {
- v->s = Dot( v->coords, sUnit );
- v->t = Dot( v->coords, tUnit );
- }
- if( computedNormal ) {
- CheckOrientation( tess );
- }
-
- /* Compute ST bounds. */
- first = 1;
- for( v = vHead->next; v != vHead; v = v->next )
- {
- if (first)
- {
- tess->bmin[0] = tess->bmax[0] = v->s;
- tess->bmin[1] = tess->bmax[1] = v->t;
- first = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if (v->s < tess->bmin[0]) tess->bmin[0] = v->s;
- if (v->s > tess->bmax[0]) tess->bmax[0] = v->s;
- if (v->t < tess->bmin[1]) tess->bmin[1] = v->t;
- if (v->t > tess->bmax[1]) tess->bmax[1] = v->t;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define AddWinding(eDst,eSrc) (eDst->winding += eSrc->winding, \
- eDst->Sym->winding += eSrc->Sym->winding)
-
-/* tessMeshTessellateMonoRegion( face ) tessellates a monotone region
-* (what else would it do??) The region must consist of a single
-* loop of half-edges (see mesh.h) oriented CCW. "Monotone" in this
-* case means that any vertical line intersects the interior of the
-* region in a single interval.
-*
-* Tessellation consists of adding interior edges (actually pairs of
-* half-edges), to split the region into non-overlapping triangles.
-*
-* The basic idea is explained in Preparata and Shamos (which I don''t
-* have handy right now), although their implementation is more
-* complicated than this one. The are two edge chains, an upper chain
-* and a lower chain. We process all vertices from both chains in order,
-* from right to left.
-*
-* The algorithm ensures that the following invariant holds after each
-* vertex is processed: the untessellated region consists of two
-* chains, where one chain (say the upper) is a single edge, and
-* the other chain is concave. The left vertex of the single edge
-* is always to the left of all vertices in the concave chain.
-*
-* Each step consists of adding the rightmost unprocessed vertex to one
-* of the two chains, and forming a fan of triangles from the rightmost
-* of two chain endpoints. Determining whether we can add each triangle
-* to the fan is a simple orientation test. By making the fan as large
-* as possible, we restore the invariant (check it yourself).
-*/
-int tessMeshTessellateMonoRegion( TESSmesh *mesh, TESSface *face )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *up, *lo;
-
- /* All edges are oriented CCW around the boundary of the region.
- * First, find the half-edge whose origin vertex is rightmost.
- * Since the sweep goes from left to right, face->anEdge should
- * be close to the edge we want.
- */
- up = face->anEdge;
- assert( up->Lnext != up && up->Lnext->Lnext != up );
-
- for( ; VertLeq( up->Dst, up->Org ); up = up->Lprev )
- ;
- for( ; VertLeq( up->Org, up->Dst ); up = up->Lnext )
- ;
- lo = up->Lprev;
-
- while( up->Lnext != lo ) {
- if( VertLeq( up->Dst, lo->Org )) {
- /* up->Dst is on the left. It is safe to form triangles from lo->Org.
- * The EdgeGoesLeft test guarantees progress even when some triangles
- * are CW, given that the upper and lower chains are truly monotone.
- */
- while( lo->Lnext != up && (EdgeGoesLeft( lo->Lnext )
- || EdgeSign( lo->Org, lo->Dst, lo->Lnext->Dst ) <= 0 )) {
- TESShalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= tessMeshConnect( mesh, lo->Lnext, lo );
- if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return 0;
- lo = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
- }
- lo = lo->Lprev;
- } else {
- /* lo->Org is on the left. We can make CCW triangles from up->Dst. */
- while( lo->Lnext != up && (EdgeGoesRight( up->Lprev )
- || EdgeSign( up->Dst, up->Org, up->Lprev->Org ) >= 0 )) {
- TESShalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= tessMeshConnect( mesh, up, up->Lprev );
- if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return 0;
- up = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
- }
- up = up->Lnext;
- }
- }
-
- /* Now lo->Org == up->Dst == the leftmost vertex. The remaining region
- * can be tessellated in a fan from this leftmost vertex.
- */
- assert( lo->Lnext != up );
- while( lo->Lnext->Lnext != up ) {
- TESShalfEdge *tempHalfEdge= tessMeshConnect( mesh, lo->Lnext, lo );
- if (tempHalfEdge == NULL) return 0;
- lo = tempHalfEdge->Sym;
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshTessellateInterior( mesh ) tessellates each region of
-* the mesh which is marked "inside" the polygon. Each such region
-* must be monotone.
-*/
-int tessMeshTessellateInterior( TESSmesh *mesh )
-{
- TESSface *f, *next;
-
- /*LINTED*/
- for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = next ) {
- /* Make sure we don''t try to tessellate the new triangles. */
- next = f->next;
- if( f->inside ) {
- if ( !tessMeshTessellateMonoRegion( mesh, f ) ) return 0;
- }
- }
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-
-/* tessMeshDiscardExterior( mesh ) zaps (ie. sets to NULL) all faces
-* which are not marked "inside" the polygon. Since further mesh operations
-* on NULL faces are not allowed, the main purpose is to clean up the
-* mesh so that exterior loops are not represented in the data structure.
-*/
-void tessMeshDiscardExterior( TESSmesh *mesh )
-{
- TESSface *f, *next;
-
- /*LINTED*/
- for( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = next ) {
- /* Since f will be destroyed, save its next pointer. */
- next = f->next;
- if( ! f->inside ) {
- tessMeshZapFace( mesh, f );
- }
- }
-}
-
-/* tessMeshSetWindingNumber( mesh, value, keepOnlyBoundary ) resets the
-* winding numbers on all edges so that regions marked "inside" the
-* polygon have a winding number of "value", and regions outside
-* have a winding number of 0.
-*
-* If keepOnlyBoundary is TRUE, it also deletes all edges which do not
-* separate an interior region from an exterior one.
-*/
-int tessMeshSetWindingNumber( TESSmesh *mesh, int value,
- int keepOnlyBoundary )
-{
- TESShalfEdge *e, *eNext;
-
- for( e = mesh->eHead.next; e != &mesh->eHead; e = eNext ) {
- eNext = e->next;
- if( e->Rface->inside != e->Lface->inside ) {
-
- /* This is a boundary edge (one side is interior, one is exterior). */
- e->winding = (e->Lface->inside) ? value : -value;
- } else {
-
- /* Both regions are interior, or both are exterior. */
- if( ! keepOnlyBoundary ) {
- e->winding = 0;
- } else {
- if ( !tessMeshDelete( mesh, e ) ) return 0;
- }
- }
- }
- return 1;
-}
-
-#pragma GCC diagnostic push
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-parameter"
-void* heapAlloc( void* userData, unsigned int size )
-{
- return malloc( size );
-}
-
-void* heapRealloc( void *userData, void* ptr, unsigned int size )
-{
- return realloc( ptr, size );
-}
-
-void heapFree( void* userData, void* ptr )
-{
- free( ptr );
-}
-#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
-
-static TESSalloc defaulAlloc =
-{
- heapAlloc,
- heapRealloc,
- heapFree,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
- 0,
-};
-
-TESStesselator* tessNewTess( TESSalloc* alloc )
-{
- TESStesselator* tess;
-
- if (alloc == NULL)
- alloc = &defaulAlloc;
-
- /* Only initialize fields which can be changed by the api. Other fields
- * are initialized where they are used.
- */
-
- tess = (TESStesselator *)alloc->memalloc( alloc->userData, sizeof( TESStesselator ));
- if ( tess == NULL ) {
- return 0; /* out of memory */
- }
- tess->alloc = *alloc;
- /* Check and set defaults. */
- if (tess->alloc.meshEdgeBucketSize == 0)
- tess->alloc.meshEdgeBucketSize = 512;
- if (tess->alloc.meshVertexBucketSize == 0)
- tess->alloc.meshVertexBucketSize = 512;
- if (tess->alloc.meshFaceBucketSize == 0)
- tess->alloc.meshFaceBucketSize = 256;
- if (tess->alloc.dictNodeBucketSize == 0)
- tess->alloc.dictNodeBucketSize = 512;
- if (tess->alloc.regionBucketSize == 0)
- tess->alloc.regionBucketSize = 256;
-
- tess->normal[0] = 0;
- tess->normal[1] = 0;
- tess->normal[2] = 0;
-
- tess->bmin[0] = 0;
- tess->bmin[1] = 0;
- tess->bmax[0] = 0;
- tess->bmax[1] = 0;
-
- tess->windingRule = TESS_WINDING_ODD;
-
- if (tess->alloc.regionBucketSize < 16)
- tess->alloc.regionBucketSize = 16;
- if (tess->alloc.regionBucketSize > 4096)
- tess->alloc.regionBucketSize = 4096;
- tess->regionPool = createBucketAlloc( &tess->alloc, "Regions",
- sizeof(ActiveRegion), tess->alloc.regionBucketSize );
-
- // Initialize to begin polygon.
- tess->mesh = NULL;
-
- tess->outOfMemory = 0;
- tess->vertexIndexCounter = 0;
-
- tess->vertices = 0;
- tess->vertexIndices = 0;
- tess->vertexCount = 0;
- tess->elements = 0;
- tess->elementCount = 0;
-
- return tess;
-}
-
-void tessDeleteTess( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
-
- struct TESSalloc alloc = tess->alloc;
-
- deleteBucketAlloc( tess->regionPool );
-
- if( tess->mesh != NULL ) {
- tessMeshDeleteMesh( &alloc, tess->mesh );
- tess->mesh = NULL;
- }
- if (tess->vertices != NULL) {
- alloc.memfree( alloc.userData, tess->vertices );
- tess->vertices = 0;
- }
- if (tess->vertexIndices != NULL) {
- alloc.memfree( alloc.userData, tess->vertexIndices );
- tess->vertexIndices = 0;
- }
- if (tess->elements != NULL) {
- alloc.memfree( alloc.userData, tess->elements );
- tess->elements = 0;
- }
-
- alloc.memfree( alloc.userData, tess );
-}
-
-
-static TESSindex GetNeighbourFace(TESShalfEdge* edge)
-{
- if (!edge->Rface)
- return TESS_UNDEF;
- if (!edge->Rface->inside)
- return TESS_UNDEF;
- return edge->Rface->n;
-}
-
-void OutputPolymesh( TESStesselator *tess, TESSmesh *mesh, int elementType, int polySize, int vertexSize )
-{
- TESSvertex* v = 0;
- TESSface* f = 0;
- TESShalfEdge* edge = 0;
- int maxFaceCount = 0;
- int maxVertexCount = 0;
- int faceVerts, i;
- TESSindex *elements = 0;
- TESSreal *vert;
-
- // Assume that the input data is triangles now.
- // Try to merge as many polygons as possible
- if (polySize > 3)
- {
- if (!tessMeshMergeConvexFaces( mesh, polySize ))
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- // Mark unused
- for ( v = mesh->vHead.next; v != &mesh->vHead; v = v->next )
- v->n = TESS_UNDEF;
-
- // Create unique IDs for all vertices and faces.
- for ( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next )
- {
- f->n = TESS_UNDEF;
- if( !f->inside ) continue;
-
- edge = f->anEdge;
- faceVerts = 0;
- do
- {
- v = edge->Org;
- if ( v->n == TESS_UNDEF )
- {
- v->n = maxVertexCount;
- maxVertexCount++;
- }
- faceVerts++;
- edge = edge->Lnext;
- }
- while (edge != f->anEdge);
-
- assert( faceVerts <= polySize );
-
- f->n = maxFaceCount;
- ++maxFaceCount;
- }
-
- tess->elementCount = maxFaceCount;
- if (elementType == TESS_CONNECTED_POLYGONS)
- maxFaceCount *= 2;
- tess->elements = (TESSindex*)tess->alloc.memalloc( tess->alloc.userData,
- sizeof(TESSindex) * maxFaceCount * polySize );
- if (!tess->elements)
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- tess->vertexCount = maxVertexCount;
- tess->vertices = (TESSreal*)tess->alloc.memalloc( tess->alloc.userData,
- sizeof(TESSreal) * tess->vertexCount * vertexSize );
- if (!tess->vertices)
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- tess->vertexIndices = (TESSindex*)tess->alloc.memalloc( tess->alloc.userData,
- sizeof(TESSindex) * tess->vertexCount );
- if (!tess->vertexIndices)
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- // Output vertices.
- for ( v = mesh->vHead.next; v != &mesh->vHead; v = v->next )
- {
- if ( v->n != TESS_UNDEF )
- {
- // Store coordinate
- vert = &tess->vertices[v->n*vertexSize];
- vert[0] = v->coords[0];
- vert[1] = v->coords[1];
- if ( vertexSize > 2 )
- vert[2] = v->coords[2];
- // Store vertex index.
- tess->vertexIndices[v->n] = v->idx;
- }
- }
-
- // Output indices.
- elements = tess->elements;
- for ( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next )
- {
- if ( !f->inside ) continue;
-
- // Store polygon
- edge = f->anEdge;
- faceVerts = 0;
- do
- {
- v = edge->Org;
- *elements++ = v->n;
- faceVerts++;
- edge = edge->Lnext;
- }
- while (edge != f->anEdge);
- // Fill unused.
- for (i = faceVerts; i < polySize; ++i)
- *elements++ = TESS_UNDEF;
-
- // Store polygon connectivity
- if ( elementType == TESS_CONNECTED_POLYGONS )
- {
- edge = f->anEdge;
- do
- {
- *elements++ = GetNeighbourFace( edge );
- edge = edge->Lnext;
- }
- while (edge != f->anEdge);
- // Fill unused.
- for (i = faceVerts; i < polySize; ++i)
- *elements++ = TESS_UNDEF;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void OutputContours( TESStesselator *tess, TESSmesh *mesh, int vertexSize )
-{
- TESSface *f = 0;
- TESShalfEdge *edge = 0;
- TESShalfEdge *start = 0;
- TESSreal *verts = 0;
- TESSindex *elements = 0;
- TESSindex *vertInds = 0;
- int startVert = 0;
- int vertCount = 0;
-
- tess->vertexCount = 0;
- tess->elementCount = 0;
-
- for ( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next )
- {
- if ( !f->inside ) continue;
-
- start = edge = f->anEdge;
- do
- {
- ++tess->vertexCount;
- edge = edge->Lnext;
- }
- while ( edge != start );
-
- ++tess->elementCount;
- }
-
- tess->elements = (TESSindex*)tess->alloc.memalloc( tess->alloc.userData,
- sizeof(TESSindex) * tess->elementCount * 2 );
- if (!tess->elements)
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- tess->vertices = (TESSreal*)tess->alloc.memalloc( tess->alloc.userData,
- sizeof(TESSreal) * tess->vertexCount * vertexSize );
- if (!tess->vertices)
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- tess->vertexIndices = (TESSindex*)tess->alloc.memalloc( tess->alloc.userData,
- sizeof(TESSindex) * tess->vertexCount );
- if (!tess->vertexIndices)
- {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- verts = tess->vertices;
- elements = tess->elements;
- vertInds = tess->vertexIndices;
-
- startVert = 0;
-
- for ( f = mesh->fHead.next; f != &mesh->fHead; f = f->next )
- {
- if ( !f->inside ) continue;
-
- vertCount = 0;
- start = edge = f->anEdge;
- do
- {
- *verts++ = edge->Org->coords[0];
- *verts++ = edge->Org->coords[1];
- if ( vertexSize > 2 )
- *verts++ = edge->Org->coords[2];
- *vertInds++ = edge->Org->idx;
- ++vertCount;
- edge = edge->Lnext;
- }
- while ( edge != start );
-
- elements[0] = startVert;
- elements[1] = vertCount;
- elements += 2;
-
- startVert += vertCount;
- }
-}
-
-void tessAddContour( TESStesselator *tess, int size, const void* vertices,
- int stride, int numVertices )
-{
- const unsigned char *src = (const unsigned char*)vertices;
- TESShalfEdge *e;
- int i;
-
- if ( tess->mesh == NULL )
- tess->mesh = tessMeshNewMesh( &tess->alloc );
- if ( tess->mesh == NULL ) {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
-
- if ( size < 2 )
- size = 2;
- if ( size > 3 )
- size = 3;
-
- e = NULL;
-
- for( i = 0; i < numVertices; ++i )
- {
- const TESSreal* coords = (const TESSreal*)src;
- src += stride;
-
- if( e == NULL ) {
- /* Make a self-loop (one vertex, one edge). */
- e = tessMeshMakeEdge( tess->mesh );
- if ( e == NULL ) {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
- if ( !tessMeshSplice( tess->mesh, e, e->Sym ) ) {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
- } else {
- /* Create a new vertex and edge which immediately follow e
- * in the ordering around the left face.
- */
- if ( tessMeshSplitEdge( tess->mesh, e ) == NULL ) {
- tess->outOfMemory = 1;
- return;
- }
- e = e->Lnext;
- }
-
- /* The new vertex is now e->Org. */
- e->Org->coords[0] = coords[0];
- e->Org->coords[1] = coords[1];
- if ( size > 2 )
- e->Org->coords[2] = coords[2];
- else
- e->Org->coords[2] = 0;
- /* Store the insertion number so that the vertex can be later recognized. */
- e->Org->idx = tess->vertexIndexCounter++;
-
- /* The winding of an edge says how the winding number changes as we
- * cross from the edge''s right face to its left face. We add the
- * vertices in such an order that a CCW contour will add +1 to
- * the winding number of the region inside the contour.
- */
- e->winding = 1;
- e->Sym->winding = -1;
- }
-}
-
-int tessTesselate( TESStesselator *tess, int windingRule, int elementType,
- int polySize, int vertexSize, const TESSreal* normal )
-{
- TESSmesh *mesh;
- int rc = 1;
-
- if (tess->vertices != NULL) {
- tess->alloc.memfree( tess->alloc.userData, tess->vertices );
- tess->vertices = 0;
- }
- if (tess->elements != NULL) {
- tess->alloc.memfree( tess->alloc.userData, tess->elements );
- tess->elements = 0;
- }
- if (tess->vertexIndices != NULL) {
- tess->alloc.memfree( tess->alloc.userData, tess->vertexIndices );
- tess->vertexIndices = 0;
- }
-
- tess->vertexIndexCounter = 0;
-
- if (normal)
- {
- tess->normal[0] = normal[0];
- tess->normal[1] = normal[1];
- tess->normal[2] = normal[2];
- }
-
- tess->windingRule = windingRule;
-
- if (vertexSize < 2)
- vertexSize = 2;
- if (vertexSize > 3)
- vertexSize = 3;
-
- if (setjmp(tess->env) != 0) {
- /* come back here if out of memory */
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (!tess->mesh)
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Determine the polygon normal and project vertices onto the plane
- * of the polygon.
- */
- tessProjectPolygon( tess );
-
- /* tessComputeInterior( tess ) computes the planar arrangement specified
- * by the given contours, and further subdivides this arrangement
- * into regions. Each region is marked "inside" if it belongs
- * to the polygon, according to the rule given by tess->windingRule.
- * Each interior region is guaranteed be monotone.
- */
- if ( !tessComputeInterior( tess ) ) {
- longjmp(tess->env,1); /* could've used a label */
- }
-
- mesh = tess->mesh;
-
- /* If the user wants only the boundary contours, we throw away all edges
- * except those which separate the interior from the exterior.
- * Otherwise we tessellate all the regions marked "inside".
- */
- if (elementType == TESS_BOUNDARY_CONTOURS) {
- rc = tessMeshSetWindingNumber( mesh, 1, TRUE );
- } else {
- rc = tessMeshTessellateInterior( mesh );
- }
- if (rc == 0) longjmp(tess->env,1); /* could've used a label */
-
- tessMeshCheckMesh( mesh );
-
- if (elementType == TESS_BOUNDARY_CONTOURS) {
- OutputContours( tess, mesh, vertexSize ); /* output contours */
- }
- else
- {
- OutputPolymesh( tess, mesh, elementType, polySize, vertexSize ); /* output polygons */
- }
-
- tessMeshDeleteMesh( &tess->alloc, mesh );
- tess->mesh = NULL;
-
- if (tess->outOfMemory)
- return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-int tessGetVertexCount( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- return tess->vertexCount;
-}
-
-const TESSreal* tessGetVertices( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- return tess->vertices;
-}
-
-const TESSindex* tessGetVertexIndices( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- return tess->vertexIndices;
-}
-
-int tessGetElementCount( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- return tess->elementCount;
-}
-
-const int* tessGetElements( TESStesselator *tess )
-{
- return tess->elements;
-}
diff --git a/src/libtess2/tess.h b/src/libtess2/tess.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 8ed75600d2..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/tess.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Eric Veach, July 1994.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TESS_H
-#define TESS_H
-
-#include <setjmp.h>
-#include "bucketalloc.h"
-#include "mesh.h"
-#include "dict.h"
-#include "priorityq.h"
-#include "tesselator.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-//typedef struct TESStesselator TESStesselator;
-
-struct TESStesselator {
-
- /*** state needed for collecting the input data ***/
- TESSmesh *mesh; /* stores the input contours, and eventually
- the tessellation itself */
- int outOfMemory;
-
- /*** state needed for projecting onto the sweep plane ***/
-
- TESSreal normal[3]; /* user-specified normal (if provided) */
- TESSreal sUnit[3]; /* unit vector in s-direction (debugging) */
- TESSreal tUnit[3]; /* unit vector in t-direction (debugging) */
-
- TESSreal bmin[2];
- TESSreal bmax[2];
-
- /*** state needed for the line sweep ***/
- int windingRule; /* rule for determining polygon interior */
-
- Dict *dict; /* edge dictionary for sweep line */
- PriorityQ *pq; /* priority queue of vertex events */
- TESSvertex *event; /* current sweep event being processed */
-
- struct BucketAlloc* regionPool;
-
- TESSindex vertexIndexCounter;
-
- TESSreal *vertices;
- TESSindex *vertexIndices;
- int vertexCount;
- TESSindex *elements;
- int elementCount;
-
- TESSalloc alloc;
-
- jmp_buf env; /* place to jump to when memAllocs fail */
-};
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-};
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/libtess2/tesselator.h b/src/libtess2/tesselator.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 74ca18e27d..0000000000
--- a/src/libtess2/tesselator.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
-** Copyright (C) [dates of first publication] Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-** All Rights Reserved.
-**
-** Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-** of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
-** in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
-** to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
-** of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
-** subject to the following conditions:
-**
-** The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and either this
-** permission notice or a reference to http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/ shall be
-** included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-**
-** THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
-** INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-** PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SILICON GRAPHICS, INC.
-** BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-** TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-** OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-**
-** Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc. shall not
-** be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in
-** this Software without prior written authorization from Silicon Graphics, Inc.
-*/
-/*
-** Author: Mikko Mononen, July 2009.
-*/
-
-#ifndef TESSELATOR_H
-#define TESSELATOR_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-// See OpenGL Red Book for description of the winding rules
-// http://www.glprogramming.com/red/chapter11.html
-enum TessWindingRule
-{
- TESS_WINDING_ODD,
- TESS_WINDING_NONZERO,
- TESS_WINDING_POSITIVE,
- TESS_WINDING_NEGATIVE,
- TESS_WINDING_ABS_GEQ_TWO,
-};
-
-// The contents of the tessGetElements() depends on element type being passed to tessTesselate().
-// Tesselation result element types:
-// TESS_POLYGONS
-// Each element in the element array is polygon defined as 'polySize' number of vertex indices.
-// If a polygon has than 'polySize' vertices, the remaining indices are stored as TESS_UNDEF.
-// Example, drawing a polygon:
-// const int nelems = tessGetElementCount(tess);
-// const TESSindex* elems = tessGetElements(tess);
-// for (int i = 0; i < nelems; i++) {
-// const TESSindex* poly = &elems[i * polySize];
-// glBegin(GL_POLYGON);
-// for (int j = 0; j < polySize; j++) {
-// if (poly[j] == TESS_UNDEF) break;
-// glVertex2fv(&verts[poly[j]*vertexSize]);
-// }
-// glEnd();
-// }
-//
-// TESS_CONNECTED_POLYGONS
-// Each element in the element array is polygon defined as 'polySize' number of vertex indices,
-// followed by 'polySize' indices to neighour polygons, that is each element is 'polySize' * 2 indices.
-// If a polygon has than 'polySize' vertices, the remaining indices are stored as TESS_UNDEF.
-// If a polygon edge is a boundary, that is, not connected to another polygon, the neighbour index is TESS_UNDEF.
-// Example, flood fill based on seed polygon:
-// const int nelems = tessGetElementCount(tess);
-// const TESSindex* elems = tessGetElements(tess);
-// unsigned char* visited = (unsigned char*)calloc(nelems);
-// TESSindex stack[50];
-// int nstack = 0;
-// stack[nstack++] = seedPoly;
-// visited[startPoly] = 1;
-// while (nstack > 0) {
-// TESSindex idx = stack[--nstack];
-// const TESSindex* poly = &elems[idx * polySize * 2];
-// const TESSindex* nei = &poly[polySize];
-// for (int i = 0; i < polySize; i++) {
-// if (poly[i] == TESS_UNDEF) break;
-// if (nei[i] != TESS_UNDEF && !visited[nei[i]])
-// stack[nstack++] = nei[i];
-// visited[nei[i]] = 1;
-// }
-// }
-// }
-//
-// TESS_BOUNDARY_CONTOURS
-// Each element in the element array is [base index, count] pair defining a range of vertices for a contour.
-// The first value is index to first vertex in contour and the second value is number of vertices in the contour.
-// Example, drawing contours:
-// const int nelems = tessGetElementCount(tess);
-// const TESSindex* elems = tessGetElements(tess);
-// for (int i = 0; i < nelems; i++) {
-// const TESSindex base = elems[i * 2];
-// const TESSindex count = elems[i * 2 + 1];
-// glBegin(GL_LINE_LOOP);
-// for (int j = 0; j < count; j++) {
-// glVertex2fv(&verts[(base+count) * vertexSize]);
-// }
-// glEnd();
-// }
-//
-enum TessElementType
-{
- TESS_POLYGONS,
- TESS_CONNECTED_POLYGONS,
- TESS_BOUNDARY_CONTOURS,
-};
-
-typedef float TESSreal;
-typedef int TESSindex;
-typedef struct TESStesselator TESStesselator;
-typedef struct TESSalloc TESSalloc;
-
-#define TESS_UNDEF (~(TESSindex)0)
-
-// Custom memory allocator interface.
-// The internal memory allocator allocates mesh edges, vertices and faces
-// as well as dictionary nodes and active regions in buckets and uses simple
-// freelist to speed up the allocation. The bucket size should roughly match your
-// expected input data. For example if you process only hundreds of vertices,
-// a bucket size of 128 might be ok, where as when processing thousands of vertices
-// bucket size of 1024 might be approproate. The bucket size is a compromise between
-// how often to allocate memory from the system versus how much extra space the system
-// should allocate. Reasonable defaults are show in commects below, they will be used if
-// the bucket sizes are zero.
-//
-// The use may left the memrealloc to be null. In that case, the tesselator will not try to
-// dynamically grow int's internal arrays. The tesselator only needs the reallocation when it
-// has found intersecting segments and needs to add new vertex. This defency can be cured by
-// allocating some extra vertices beforehand. The 'extraVertices' variable allows to specify
-// number of expected extra vertices.
-struct TESSalloc
-{
- void *(*memalloc)( void *userData, unsigned int size );
- void *(*memrealloc)( void *userData, void* ptr, unsigned int size );
- void (*memfree)( void *userData, void *ptr );
- void* userData; // User data passed to the allocator functions.
- int meshEdgeBucketSize; // 512
- int meshVertexBucketSize; // 512
- int meshFaceBucketSize; // 256
- int dictNodeBucketSize; // 512
- int regionBucketSize; // 256
- int extraVertices; // Number of extra vertices allocated for the priority queue.
-};
-
-// tessNewTess() - Creates a new tesselator.
-// Use tessDeleteTess() to delete the tesselator.
-// Returns:
-// new tesselator object.
-TESStesselator* tessNewTess( TESSalloc* alloc );
-
-// tessDeleteTess() - Deletes a tesselator.
-// Parameters:
-// tess - pointer to tesselator object to be deleted.
-void tessDeleteTess( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-// tessAddContour() - Adds a contour to be tesselated.
-// The type of the vertex coordinates is assumed to be TESSreal.
-// Parameters:
-// tess - pointer to tesselator object.
-// size - number of coordinates per vertex. Must be 2 or 3.
-// pointer - pointer to the first coordinate of the first vertex in the array.
-// stride - defines offset in bytes between consecutive vertices.
-// count - number of vertices in contour.
-void tessAddContour( TESStesselator *tess, int size, const void* pointer, int stride, int count );
-
-// tessTesselate() - tesselate contours.
-// Parameters:
-// tess - pointer to tesselator object.
-// windingRule - winding rules used for tesselation, must be one of TessWindingRule.
-// elementType - defines the tesselation result element type, must be one of TessElementType.
-// polySize - defines maximum vertices per polygons if output is polygons.
-// vertexSize - defines the number of coordinates in tesselation result vertex, must be 2 or 3.
-// normal - defines the normal of the input contours, of null the normal is calculated automatically.
-// Returns:
-// 1 if succeed, 0 if failed.
-int tessTesselate( TESStesselator *tess, int windingRule, int elementType, int polySize, int vertexSize, const TESSreal* normal );
-
-// tessGetVertexCount() - Returns number of vertices in the tesselated output.
-int tessGetVertexCount( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-// tessGetVertices() - Returns pointer to first coordinate of first vertex.
-const TESSreal* tessGetVertices( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-// tessGetVertexIndices() - Returns pointer to first vertex index.
-// Vertex indices can be used to map the generated vertices to the original vertices.
-// Every point added using tessAddContour() will get a new index starting at 0.
-// New vertices generated at the intersections of segments are assigned value TESS_UNDEF.
-const TESSindex* tessGetVertexIndices( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-// tessGetElementCount() - Returns number of elements in the the tesselated output.
-int tessGetElementCount( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-// tessGetElements() - Returns pointer to the first element.
-const TESSindex* tessGetElements( TESStesselator *tess );
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // TESSELATOR_H
diff --git a/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.cpp b/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.cpp
index b0f391323c..ed8f70059a 100644
--- a/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.cpp
+++ b/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.cpp
@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
#include <mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.hpp>
-#include <mbgl/geometry/fill_buffer.hpp>
#include <mbgl/layer/fill_layer.hpp>
-#include <mbgl/geometry/elements_buffer.hpp>
#include <mbgl/renderer/painter.hpp>
#include <mbgl/shader/plain_shader.hpp>
#include <mbgl/shader/pattern_shader.hpp>
@@ -10,181 +8,87 @@
#include <mbgl/gl/gl.hpp>
#include <mbgl/platform/log.hpp>
+#include <mapbox/earcut.hpp>
+
#include <cassert>
-struct geometry_too_long_exception : std::exception {};
+struct GeometryTooLongException : std::exception {};
using namespace mbgl;
-void *FillBucket::alloc(void *, unsigned int size) {
- return ::malloc(size);
-}
+namespace mapbox {
+namespace util {
+template <> struct nth<0, GeometryCoordinate> {
+ inline static int64_t get(const GeometryCoordinate& t) { return t.x; };
+};
-void *FillBucket::realloc(void *, void *ptr, unsigned int size) {
- return ::realloc(ptr, size);
+template <> struct nth<1, GeometryCoordinate> {
+ inline static int64_t get(const GeometryCoordinate& t) { return t.y; };
+};
}
-
-void FillBucket::free(void *, void *ptr) {
- ::free(ptr);
}
-FillBucket::FillBucket()
- : allocator(new TESSalloc{
- &alloc,
- &realloc,
- &free,
- nullptr, // userData
- 64, // meshEdgeBucketSize
- 64, // meshVertexBucketSize
- 32, // meshFaceBucketSize
- 64, // dictNodeBucketSize
- 8, // regionBucketSize
- 128, // extraVertices allocated for the priority queue.
- }),
- tesselator(tessNewTess(allocator)) {
- assert(tesselator);
+FillBucket::FillBucket() {
}
FillBucket::~FillBucket() {
- if (tesselator) {
- tessDeleteTess(tesselator);
- }
- if (allocator) {
- delete allocator;
- }
-}
-
-void FillBucket::addGeometry(const GeometryCollection& geometryCollection) {
- for (auto& line_ : geometryCollection) {
- for (auto& v : line_) {
- line.emplace_back(v.x, v.y);
- }
- if (!line.empty()) {
- clipper.AddPath(line, ClipperLib::ptSubject, true);
- line.clear();
- hasVertices = true;
- }
- }
-
- tessellate();
}
-void FillBucket::tessellate() {
- if (!hasVertices) {
- return;
- }
- hasVertices = false;
-
- std::vector<std::vector<ClipperLib::IntPoint>> polygons;
- clipper.Execute(ClipperLib::ctUnion, polygons, ClipperLib::pftEvenOdd, ClipperLib::pftEvenOdd);
- clipper.Clear();
+void FillBucket::addGeometry(const GeometryCollection& geometry) {
+ for (const auto& polygon : classifyRings(geometry)) {
+ std::size_t totalVertices = 0;
- if (polygons.empty()) {
- return;
- }
+ for (const auto& ring : polygon) {
+ totalVertices += ring.size();
+ if (totalVertices > 65535)
+ throw GeometryTooLongException();
+ }
- GLsizei total_vertex_count = 0;
- for (const auto& polygon : polygons) {
- total_vertex_count += polygon.size();
- }
+ for (const auto& ring : polygon) {
+ std::size_t nVertices = ring.size();
- if (total_vertex_count > 65536) {
- throw geometry_too_long_exception();
- }
+ if (nVertices == 0)
+ continue;
- if (lineGroups.empty() || (lineGroups.back()->vertex_length + total_vertex_count > 65535)) {
- // Move to a new group because the old one can't hold the geometry.
- lineGroups.emplace_back(std::make_unique<LineGroup>());
- }
+ if (lineGroups.empty() || lineGroups.back()->vertex_length + nVertices > 65535)
+ lineGroups.emplace_back(std::make_unique<LineGroup>());
- assert(lineGroups.back());
- LineGroup& lineGroup = *lineGroups.back();
- GLsizei lineIndex = lineGroup.vertex_length;
+ LineGroup& lineGroup = *lineGroups.back();
+ GLsizei lineIndex = lineGroup.vertex_length;
- for (const auto& polygon : polygons) {
- const GLsizei group_count = static_cast<GLsizei>(polygon.size());
- assert(group_count >= 3);
+ vertexBuffer.add(ring[0].x, ring[0].y);
+ lineElementsBuffer.add(lineIndex + nVertices - 1, lineIndex);
- std::vector<TESSreal> clipped_line;
- for (const auto& pt : polygon) {
- clipped_line.push_back(pt.X);
- clipped_line.push_back(pt.Y);
- vertexBuffer.add(pt.X, pt.Y);
- }
+ for (uint32_t i = 1; i < nVertices; i++) {
+ vertexBuffer.add(ring[i].x, ring[i].y);
+ lineElementsBuffer.add(lineIndex + i - 1, lineIndex + i);
+ }
- for (GLsizei i = 0; i < group_count; i++) {
- const GLsizei prev_i = (i == 0 ? group_count : i) - 1;
- lineElementsBuffer.add(lineIndex + prev_i, lineIndex + i);
+ lineGroup.vertex_length += nVertices;
+ lineGroup.elements_length += nVertices;
}
- lineIndex += group_count;
-
- tessAddContour(tesselator, vertexSize, clipped_line.data(), stride, (int)clipped_line.size() / vertexSize);
- }
-
- lineGroup.elements_length += total_vertex_count;
+ std::vector<uint32_t> indices = mapbox::earcut(polygon);
- if (tessTesselate(tesselator, TESS_WINDING_ODD, TESS_POLYGONS, vertices_per_group, vertexSize, 0)) {
- const TESSreal *vertices = tessGetVertices(tesselator);
- const GLsizei vertex_count = tessGetVertexCount(tesselator);
- TESSindex *vertex_indices = const_cast<TESSindex *>(tessGetVertexIndices(tesselator));
- const TESSindex *elements = tessGetElements(tesselator);
- const int triangle_count = tessGetElementCount(tesselator);
+ std::size_t nIndicies = indices.size();
+ assert(nIndicies % 3 == 0);
- for (GLsizei i = 0; i < vertex_count; ++i) {
- if (vertex_indices[i] == TESS_UNDEF) {
- vertexBuffer.add(::round(vertices[i * 2]), ::round(vertices[i * 2 + 1]));
- vertex_indices[i] = (TESSindex)total_vertex_count;
- total_vertex_count++;
- }
- }
-
- if (triangleGroups.empty() || (triangleGroups.back()->vertex_length + total_vertex_count > 65535)) {
- // Move to a new group because the old one can't hold the geometry.
+ if (triangleGroups.empty() || triangleGroups.back()->vertex_length + totalVertices > 65535) {
triangleGroups.emplace_back(std::make_unique<TriangleGroup>());
}
- // We're generating triangle fans, so we always start with the first
- // coordinate in this polygon.
- assert(triangleGroups.back());
TriangleGroup& triangleGroup = *triangleGroups.back();
GLsizei triangleIndex = triangleGroup.vertex_length;
- for (int i = 0; i < triangle_count; ++i) {
- const TESSindex *element_group = &elements[i * vertices_per_group];
-
- if (element_group[0] != TESS_UNDEF && element_group[1] != TESS_UNDEF && element_group[2] != TESS_UNDEF) {
- const TESSindex a = vertex_indices[element_group[0]];
- const TESSindex b = vertex_indices[element_group[1]];
- const TESSindex c = vertex_indices[element_group[2]];
-
- if (a != TESS_UNDEF && b != TESS_UNDEF && c != TESS_UNDEF) {
- triangleElementsBuffer.add(triangleIndex + a, triangleIndex + b, triangleIndex + c);
- } else {
-#if defined(DEBUG)
- // TODO: We're missing a vertex that was not part of the line.
- Log::Error(Event::OpenGL, "undefined element buffer");
-#endif
- }
- } else {
-#if defined(DEBUG)
- Log::Error(Event::OpenGL, "undefined element buffer");
-#endif
- }
+ for (uint32_t i = 0; i < nIndicies; i += 3) {
+ triangleElementsBuffer.add(triangleIndex + indices[i],
+ triangleIndex + indices[i + 1],
+ triangleIndex + indices[i + 2]);
}
- triangleGroup.vertex_length += total_vertex_count;
- triangleGroup.elements_length += triangle_count;
- } else {
-#if defined(DEBUG)
- Log::Error(Event::OpenGL, "tessellation failed");
-#endif
+ triangleGroup.vertex_length += totalVertices;
+ triangleGroup.elements_length += nIndicies / 3;
}
-
- // We're adding the total vertex count *after* we added additional vertices
- // in the tessellation step. They won't be part of the actual lines, but
- // we need to skip over them anyway if we draw the next group.
- lineGroup.vertex_length += total_vertex_count;
}
void FillBucket::upload(gl::GLObjectStore& glObjectStore) {
diff --git a/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.hpp b/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.hpp
index e8ef8cc67d..1ffe27db1b 100644
--- a/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.hpp
+++ b/src/mbgl/renderer/fill_bucket.hpp
@@ -5,29 +5,17 @@
#include <mbgl/geometry/elements_buffer.hpp>
#include <mbgl/geometry/fill_buffer.hpp>
-#include <clipper/clipper.hpp>
-#include <libtess2/tesselator.h>
-
#include <vector>
#include <memory>
namespace mbgl {
-class FillVertexBuffer;
-class OutlineShader;
class OutlinePatternShader;
class PlainShader;
class PatternShader;
+class OutlineShader;
class FillBucket : public Bucket {
-
- static void *alloc(void *data, unsigned int size);
- static void *realloc(void *data, void *ptr, unsigned int size);
- static void free(void *userData, void *ptr);
-
- typedef ElementGroup<2> TriangleGroup;
- typedef ElementGroup<2> LineGroup;
-
public:
FillBucket();
~FillBucket() override;
@@ -38,7 +26,6 @@ public:
bool needsClipping() const override;
void addGeometry(const GeometryCollection&);
- void tessellate();
void drawElements(PlainShader&, gl::GLObjectStore&);
void drawElements(PatternShader&, gl::GLObjectStore&);
@@ -46,23 +33,15 @@ public:
void drawVertices(OutlinePatternShader&, gl::GLObjectStore&);
private:
- TESSalloc *allocator;
- TESStesselator *tesselator;
- ClipperLib::Clipper clipper;
-
FillVertexBuffer vertexBuffer;
TriangleElementsBuffer triangleElementsBuffer;
LineElementsBuffer lineElementsBuffer;
+ typedef ElementGroup<2> TriangleGroup;
+ typedef ElementGroup<2> LineGroup;
+
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TriangleGroup>> triangleGroups;
std::vector<std::unique_ptr<LineGroup>> lineGroups;
-
- std::vector<ClipperLib::IntPoint> line;
- bool hasVertices = false;
-
- static const int vertexSize = 2;
- static const int stride = sizeof(TESSreal) * vertexSize;
- static const int vertices_per_group = 3;
};
} // namespace mbgl
diff --git a/test/test.gypi b/test/test.gypi
index 51e4a2e621..bf2d76536c 100644
--- a/test/test.gypi
+++ b/test/test.gypi
@@ -98,6 +98,7 @@
'<@(geojsonvt_cflags)',
'<@(rapidjson_cflags)',
'<@(pixelmatch_cflags)',
+ '<@(earcut_cflags)',
],
'ldflags': [
'<@(gtest_ldflags)',